Sony Xperia M2 Aqua smartphone User guide

User guide

Xperia

™

M2 Aqua

D2403/D2406

Contents

Getting started...............................................................................6

About this User guide........................................................................6

Overview............................................................................................6

Assembly...........................................................................................7

Starting your device for the first time.................................................9

Why do I need a Google™ account?...............................................10

Charging your device.......................................................................11

Learning the basics......................................................................13

Using the touchscreen.....................................................................13

Locking and unlocking the screen...................................................15

Home screen....................................................................................16

Application screen...........................................................................18

Navigating applications....................................................................20

Small apps.......................................................................................21

Widgets............................................................................................22

Shortcuts and folders......................................................................24

Background and themes..................................................................26

Taking a screenshot.........................................................................27

Status and notifications...................................................................27

Icons in the status bar.....................................................................29

Application overview........................................................................31

Downloading applications............................................................33

Downloading applications from Google Play™...............................33

Downloading applications from other sources................................33

Internet and networks..................................................................35

Browsing the web............................................................................35

Internet and MMS settings ..............................................................36

Wi-Fi®..............................................................................................37

Sharing your mobile data connection..............................................40

Controlling data usage.....................................................................42

Selecting mobile networks...............................................................44

Virtual private networks (VPNs)........................................................45

Synchronising data on your device..............................................46

Synchronising with online accounts................................................46

Synchronising with Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync®.................47

Synchronising with Outlook® using a computer.............................48

Basic settings...............................................................................49

Accessing settings...........................................................................49

Sound, ringtone and volume............................................................49

2

This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.

SIM card protection.........................................................................51

Screen settings................................................................................52

Screen lock......................................................................................53

Language settings............................................................................54

Date and time...................................................................................55

Enhancing the sound output............................................................56

Typing text...................................................................................58

On-screen keyboard........................................................................58

Entering text using voice input........................................................60

Editing text.......................................................................................60

Personalising the Xperia keyboard..................................................61

Calling..........................................................................................63

Making calls.....................................................................................63

Receiving calls.................................................................................65

Ongoing calls...................................................................................67

Using the call log.............................................................................68

Forwarding calls...............................................................................69

Restricting calls................................................................................69

Multiple calls....................................................................................70

Conference calls..............................................................................71

Voicemail..........................................................................................72

Emergency calls...............................................................................73

Contacts.......................................................................................74

Transferring contacts.......................................................................74

Searching and viewing contacts......................................................76

Adding and editing contacts............................................................77

Adding medical and emergency contact information......................78

Favourites and groups.....................................................................81

Sending contact information............................................................81

Avoiding duplicate entries in the Contacts application...................82

Backing up contacts........................................................................83

Messaging and chat.....................................................................84

Reading and sending messages......................................................84

Organising your messages..............................................................86

Calling from a message...................................................................87

Messaging settings..........................................................................87

Instant messaging and video chat...................................................88

Email.............................................................................................90

Setting up email...............................................................................90

Sending and receiving email messages..........................................91

Email preview pane..........................................................................93

Organising your email messages.....................................................93

3


Email account settings.....................................................................94

Gmail™............................................................................................95

Music............................................................................................97

Transferring music to your device...................................................97

Listening to music............................................................................97

Walkman® home screen menu.......................................................99

Playlists..........................................................................................101

Sharing music................................................................................102

Enhancing the sound.....................................................................103

Visualiser .......................................................................................104

Recognising music with TrackID™................................................104

Music Unlimited online service......................................................106

FM radio.....................................................................................108

Listening to the radio.....................................................................108

Favourite radio channels................................................................109

Sound settings...............................................................................110

Camera.......................................................................................112

Taking photos and recording videos.............................................112

Face detection...............................................................................114

Using Smile Shutter™ to capture smiling faces............................114

Adding the geographical position to your photos.........................115

General camera settings................................................................116

Still camera settings.......................................................................119

Video camera settings...................................................................124

Photos and videos in Album......................................................129

Viewing photos and videos............................................................129

Sharing and managing photos and videos....................................131

Editing photos with the Photo editor application...........................133

Album home screen menu.............................................................134

Viewing your photos on a map......................................................135

Videos........................................................................................138

Watching videos in the Movies application...................................138

Transferring video content to your device.....................................139

Managing video content................................................................140

Video Unlimited service.................................................................141

Connectivity...............................................................................142

Mirroring the screen of your device wirelessly on a TV.................142

Sharing content with DLNA Certified™ devices............................142

Playing games on a TV using a DUALSHOCK™3 wireless controller........................................................................................146

NFC................................................................................................147

Bluetooth® wireless technology....................................................149

4


Smart apps and features that save you time.............................153

Controlling accessories and settings with Smart Connect............153

Using your device as a fitness hub with ANT+™...........................155

Using your device as a wallet........................................................155

Travel and maps.........................................................................156

Using location services..................................................................156

Google Maps™ and navigation.....................................................157

Using data traffic when travelling..................................................158

Airplane mode................................................................................159

Calendar and alarm clock..........................................................160

Calendar.........................................................................................160

Alarm and clock.............................................................................162

Support and maintenance..........................................................165

Support for your device.................................................................165

Computer tools..............................................................................166

Updating your device.....................................................................167

Finding a lost device .....................................................................168

IMEI number...................................................................................169

Battery and power management...................................................170

Memory and storage......................................................................172

Managing files using a computer...................................................174

Backing up and restoring content.................................................175

Restarting and resetting.................................................................177

Using your device in wet and dusty conditions.............................178

Recycling your device....................................................................180

Limitations to services and features..............................................180

Legal information...........................................................................180

5


Getting started

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-939577FB-1BE0-4C23-9106-0910EFDEC761

Getting started

2

GUID-939577FB-1BE0-4C23-9106-0910EFDEC761

Getting started

2

About this User guide

GUID

Title

GUID-3FD60A71-9772-491D-A873-89B3E1008B1F


Version 3

This is the

Xperia™ M2 Aqua User guide for the Android™ 4.4 software version. If you're not sure which software version your device is running, you can check it via the Settings menu. For more information about software updates, see

Updating your device on page 167.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3FD60A71-9772-491D-A873-89B3E1008B1F


3

To check the current software version of your device

GUID GUID-7A18A334-C09F-4931-80FD-F9CEF6E518FE

Title

Version


1

1

From your Home screen, tap .

2

Find and tap

Settings > About phone > Android version.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7A18A334-C09F-4931-80FD-F9CEF6E518FE


1

Overview

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0C468C85-C178-4C04-B5D9-854FE107BEF4

Phone overview - D2403/D2406

2

1 Proximity/Light sensor

2 Charging/Notification light

3 Ear speaker

6


4 Front camera lens

5 Micro SIM and memory card slot cover

6 Power key

7 Volume/Zoom key

8 Camera key

9 Strap hole

10 Speaker

11 Main microphone

GUID

Title

Version

12 Main camera lens

13 Camera light

14 Cover for headset jack

15 Wi-Fi/GPS/Bluetooth antenna area

16 Second microphone

17 Cover for charger/USB cable port

18 NFC™ detection area

GUID-0C468C85-C178-4C04-B5D9-854FE107BEF4

Phone overview - D2403/D2406

2

Assembly

GUID

Title

GUID-A00623F6-271A-44C6-BACC-F441DAA2AB8C

Assembly

7


Version 5

Don’t confuse the micro SIM card slot with the memory card slot.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A00623F6-271A-44C6-BACC-F441DAA2AB8C

Assembly

5

To insert the micro SIM card

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-04207303-E7C7-4F97-9A0D-37F562AA2567

To insert the SIM card - text only

2

If you insert the micro SIM card while the device is powered on, the device restarts automatically.

1

Detach the cover for the micro SIM card slot.

2

Insert the micro SIM card into the micro SIM card slot.

3

Re-attach the cover.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-04207303-E7C7-4F97-9A0D-37F562AA2567

To insert the SIM card - text only

2

To insert the memory card

GUID

Title

GUID-222AAA62-DD21-490F-A594-12B0E61F6788

To insert the memory card - text only

Version 2

1

Remove the memory card slot cover.

2

With the gold coloured contacts facing down, insert the memory card into the memory card slot, then re-attach the memory card slot cover.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-222AAA62-DD21-490F-A594-12B0E61F6788

To insert the memory card - text only

2

To remove the micro SIM card

GUID

Title

GUID-F833FB70-0C42-4471-ABD2-C55F7109644A

To remove the SIM card - SIM card slot outside back cover and without SIM card holder

8


Version 1.1.1

1

Remove the cover of the micro SIM card slot.

2

Press the micro SIM card inwards and then release it quickly.

3

Draw the card outwards to remove it fully.

4

Re-attach the micro SIM card slot cover.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F833FB70-0C42-4471-ABD2-C55F7109644A

To remove the SIM card - SIM card slot outside back cover and without SIM card holder

1.1.1

To remove the memory card

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-619A5E07-A310-465B-9FE6-414551E614A8

To remove the memory card - tablet only

1

1

Turn off the device, or unmount the memory card from

Settings > Storage >

Unmount SD card.

2

Remove the cover of the memory card slot, then press against the edge of the memory card and release it.

3

Draw the card outwards to remove it fully.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-619A5E07-A310-465B-9FE6-414551E614A8

To remove the memory card - tablet only

1

Starting your device for the first time

GUID

Title

GUID-0860E8AA-C816-40B9-96FD-6D1C30464359


9


Version 2

The first time you start your device, a setup guide opens to help you configure basic settings, sign in to some accounts, and personalise your device. For example, if you have a Sony Entertainment Network account, you can sign in to it here and get set up straight away. And you can download Internet settings.

You can also access the setup guide later from the Settings menu.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0860E8AA-C816-40B9-96FD-6D1C30464359


2

To turn on the device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-69945514-1C19-44BC-A4B6-16499F44D9BB


23

Make sure that the battery is charged for at least 30 minutes before you turn on the device for the first time.

1

Press and hold down the power key until the device vibrates.

2

Enter your SIM card PIN when requested, then tap .

3

Wait a while for the device to start.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-69945514-1C19-44BC-A4B6-16499F44D9BB


23

To turn off the device

GUID

Title

GUID-18CE50BE-7FF2-40F4-B93F-8CBB76E4AF3C


Version 7

1

Press and hold down the power key until the options menu opens.

2

In the options menu, tap

Power off.

3

Tap

OK.

It may take a while for the device to shut down.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-18CE50BE-7FF2-40F4-B93F-8CBB76E4AF3C


7

Why do I need a Google™ account?

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CE759E13-19AE-4AEC-8E63-215962700E87

Why do I need a Google account?

3

Your Xperia™ device from Sony runs on the Android™ platform developed by

Google™. A range of Google™ applications and services is available on your device when you purchase it, for example, Gmail™, Google Maps™, YouTube™ and Google

Play™, the online store for downloading Android™ applications. To get the most out

10


of these services, you need a Google™ account. For example, a Google™ account is mandatory if you want to:

•

Download and install applications from Google Play™.

•

Synchronise email, contacts and the calendar.

•

Chat with friends using the Hangouts™ application.

•

Synchronise your browsing history and bookmarks.

For more information about Android™ and Google™, go to www.sonymobile.com/support.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CE759E13-19AE-4AEC-8E63-215962700E87

Why do I need a Google account?

3

To set up a Google™ account on your device

GUID

Title

GUID-BF97C658-8B71-43CE-B8CF-47DD6D0FC9A6


Version 10

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Add account > Google.

3

Follow the registration wizard to create a Google™ account, or sign in if you already have an account.

You can also sign in to or create a Google™ account from the setup guide the first time you start your device. Or you can go online and create an account at www.google.com/accounts .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BF97C658-8B71-43CE-B8CF-47DD6D0FC9A6


10

Charging your device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B501CA3C-BFC1-4AD2-A803-96B32D053043


1

The battery is partly charged when you buy the device. You can still use your device while it is charging. Read more about the battery and how to improve the performance in

Battery and power management on page 170.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B501CA3C-BFC1-4AD2-A803-96B32D053043


1

To charge your device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AB7653A6-94E4-487D-8E13-755BAC8DC744


13

11


1

Plug the charger into a power outlet.

2

Plug one end of the USB cable into the charger (or into the USB port of a computer).

3

Plug the other end of the cable into the micro USB port on your device, with the USB symbol facing up. The notification light illuminates when charging begins.

4

When the device is fully charged, disconnect the cable from your device by pulling it straight outwards. Make sure not to bend the connector.

If the battery is completely discharged, it may take a few minutes before the notification light illuminates and the charging icon appears.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AB7653A6-94E4-487D-8E13-755BAC8DC744


13

Battery notification light status

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-15D5D981-229B-451C-9F58-DEAE6FC82CDD

Battery LED status

5

GUID

Title

Version

Green

Flashing red

Orange

The battery charge level is greater than 90%

The battery is charging and the battery charge level is less than 15%

The battery is charging and the battery charge level is less than 90%

GUID-15D5D981-229B-451C-9F58-DEAE6FC82CDD

Battery LED status

5

12


Learning the basics

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-674516E9-7783-4313-A470-21D53828B358

Learning the basics

1

GUID-674516E9-7783-4313-A470-21D53828B358

Learning the basics

1

Using the touchscreen

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D59D1053-4072-417B-BFE8-E3918A3A263F

Using the touch screen

10

GUID-D59D1053-4072-417B-BFE8-E3918A3A263F

Using the touch screen

10

Tapping

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-149BDDAC-EA89-4D9A-AAD2-E917F3A290F6

Tapping

1

•

Open or select an item.

•

Mark or unmark a checkbox or option.

•

Enter text using the on-screen keyboard.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-149BDDAC-EA89-4D9A-AAD2-E917F3A290F6

Tapping

1

GUID

Title

Touching and holding

GUID-DCB7D933-A687-4E9E-B67A-3D1E49F9DB01


13


Version 1

•

Move an item.

•

Activate an item-specific menu.

•

Activate selection mode, for example, to select several items from a list.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DCB7D933-A687-4E9E-B67A-3D1E49F9DB01


1

Pinching and spreading

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-48BAA40C-FCA7-4C2C-A69A-C0074A5388CF


1

•

Zoom in or out on a web page, a photo or a map.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-48BAA40C-FCA7-4C2C-A69A-C0074A5388CF


1

GUID

Title

Swiping

GUID-767BB164-B819-42BD-8754-488381DDAD05

Swiping

14


Version 1

•

Scroll up or down a list.

•

Scroll left or right, for example, between Home screen panes.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-767BB164-B819-42BD-8754-488381DDAD05

Swiping

1

Flicking

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2B93C7CB-DEFD-4FD4-BA4E-3E712E986029

Flicking

1

•

Scroll quickly, for example, in a list or on a web page. You can stop the scrolling movement by tapping the screen.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2B93C7CB-DEFD-4FD4-BA4E-3E712E986029

Flicking

1

Locking and unlocking the screen

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2304F246-AADC-4904-8CB9-8EE55A9F1C21


3

When your device is on and left idle for a set period of time, the screen darkens to save battery power and locks automatically. This lock prevents unwanted actions on the touchscreen when you are not using it. When you buy your device, a basic screen swipe lock is already set. This means that you have to swipe in any direction from the middle of the screen to unlock it. You can change the security settings later and add other kinds of locks. See

Screen lock on page 53.

15


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2304F246-AADC-4904-8CB9-8EE55A9F1C21


3

To activate the screen

GUID

Title

GUID-0C3A14A1-C558-4C86-B6E1-45351B7F553D


Version 7

•

Briefly press the power key .

GUID GUID-0C3A14A1-C558-4C86-B6E1-45351B7F553D

Title

Version


7

To unlock the screen

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5F698464-1BEC-40EC-976F-FED186599B31


7.1.2

•

When the screen is active, place a finger on the screen and swipe up or down.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5F698464-1BEC-40EC-976F-FED186599B31


7.1.2

To lock the screen

GUID

Title

GUID-229DFA2D-0E19-4782-B952-ACEBB0E8C755

To lock the screen manually

Version 6

•

When the screen is active, briefly press the power key .

GUID GUID-229DFA2D-0E19-4782-B952-ACEBB0E8C755

Title

Version

To lock the screen manually

6

Home screen

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8EB25E2F-8807-407D-B459-A8E350B6D7D8

Home screen

10

The Home screen is the starting point for using your device. It's similar to the desktop on a computer screen. Your Home screen can have up to seven panes, which extend beyond the regular screen display width. The number of Home screen panes is represented by a series of dots at the top of the Home screen. The highlighted dot shows the pane that you are currently in.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8EB25E2F-8807-407D-B459-A8E350B6D7D8

Home screen

10

To go to the Home screen

GUID

Title

GUID-05D1C81E-123C-471F-BD70-D65BF2E49B8A


16


Version

•

Press .

GUID

Title

Version

1

GUID-05D1C81E-123C-471F-BD70-D65BF2E49B8A


1

To browse the Home screen

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A5C4ECEC-DED9-4FCB-B023-22DEA2CF2F2C


5

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A5C4ECEC-DED9-4FCB-B023-22DEA2CF2F2C


5

Home screen panes

GUID

Title

GUID-FC173B6A-92B3-401B-8E4C-873BA14F1B11

Home screen panes

Version 1

You can add new panes to your Home screen (up to a maximum of seven panes) and delete panes. You can also set the pane that you want to use as the main Home screen pane.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FC173B6A-92B3-401B-8E4C-873BA14F1B11

Home screen panes

1

To set a pane as the main Home screen pane

GUID

Title

GUID-40544E7E-58CD-4F30-8E08-BCFB412676EB


17


Version 3

1

Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.

2

Flick left or right to browse to the pane that you want to set as your main Home screen pane, then tap at the top corner of the pane.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-40544E7E-58CD-4F30-8E08-BCFB412676EB


3

To add a pane to your Home screen

GUID

Title

GUID-4E45CAB7-4294-4269-9495-60D6F8413FA3

To add a pane

Version 2

1


2

Flick left or right to browse the panes, then tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4E45CAB7-4294-4269-9495-60D6F8413FA3

To add a pane

2

To delete a pane from your Home screen

GUID

Title

GUID-65D63CFF-377E-4ACB-BDCD-456C3CAC3679


Version 1

1


2

Flick left or right to browse to the pane that you want to delete, then tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-65D63CFF-377E-4ACB-BDCD-456C3CAC3679


1

Application screen

GUID

Title

GUID-F02CAFC3-E592-4B0D-AA00-E5631B4A9301

Application screen

Version 5

The Application screen, which you open from the Home screen, contains the applications that come pre-installed on your device as well as applications that you download.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F02CAFC3-E592-4B0D-AA00-E5631B4A9301

Application screen

5

To view all applications on the Application screen

GUID GUID-88AE7DAF-A5B8-4362-9928-02CC87DCC55E

Title

Version

To view all applications

1

1


2

Flick left or right on the Application screen.

GUID

Title

GUID-88AE7DAF-A5B8-4362-9928-02CC87DCC55E

To view all applications

18


Version 1

To open an application from the Application screen

GUID

Title

GUID-20B05253-5784-4126-AA6C-9EA9320E7E51


Version 1

•

Flick left or right to find the application, and then tap the application.

GUID GUID-20B05253-5784-4126-AA6C-9EA9320E7E51

Title

Version


1

To open the Application screen menu

GUID GUID-2B1A0EBB-A185-43D5-B9FB-CE9EA3005329

Title

Version


1

•

When the Application screen is open, drag the left edge of the screen to the right.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2B1A0EBB-A185-43D5-B9FB-CE9EA3005329


1

To move an application on the Application screen

GUID

Title

GUID-EE508701-3826-449B-BD0F-61BABEEA74C3


Version 9

1

To open the Application screen menu, drag the left edge of the Application screen to the right.

2

Make sure that

Own order is selected under SHOW APPS.

3

Touch and hold the application until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag it to the new location.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-EE508701-3826-449B-BD0F-61BABEEA74C3


9

To add an application shortcut to the Home screen

GUID

Title

GUID-1CB2F7C4-2E83-4EAB-AFFB-0957648C639D

To add a shortcut to an application on the Home screen

Version 6

1

From the Application screen, touch and hold an application icon until the screen vibrates, then drag the icon to the top of the screen. The Home screen opens.

2

Drag the icon to the desired location on the Home screen, then release your finger.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1CB2F7C4-2E83-4EAB-AFFB-0957648C639D

To add a shortcut to an application on the Home screen

6

To arrange applications on the Application screen

GUID

Title

GUID-115D9148-D5DC-49BA-8428-A1AD178487AF

To arrange your applications on the Application screen

Version 9

1


2

Select the desired option under

SHOW APPS.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-115D9148-D5DC-49BA-8428-A1AD178487AF

To arrange your applications on the Application screen

9

To search for an application from the Application screen

GUID

Title

GUID-1D55A09C-CFE1-4303-803E-7E5CAB836098

To search an application from the Application screen

Version 1

1


2

Tap

Search apps.

3

Enter the name of the application that you want to search for.

GUID GUID-1D55A09C-CFE1-4303-803E-7E5CAB836098

19


Title

Version

To search an application from the Application screen

1

To uninstall an application from the Application screen

GUID

Title

GUID-553D1225-BF53-4ED7-A71D-7D887D7F3D2B


Version 5

1


2

Tap

Uninstall. All uninstallable applications are indicated by .

3

Tap the application that you want to uninstall, then tap

Uninstall.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-553D1225-BF53-4ED7-A71D-7D887D7F3D2B


5

Navigating applications

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3919E91F-54A0-4406-AABF-3DD87635B6FB


3

You can navigate between applications using the navigation keys, the favourites bar, and the recently used applications window, which lets you switch easily between all recently used applications. Some applications are closed when you press to exit while others are paused or continue to run in the background. If the application is paused or runs in the background, you can continue where you left off the next time you open the application.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3919E91F-54A0-4406-AABF-3DD87635B6FB


3

GUID-962D91AD-EBDC-4283-94A2-286CBA9B58CD

Navigating applications overview

3

1 Recently used applications window – Open a recently used application

2 Favourites bar – Use a shortcut to access applications or widgets

3 Task navigation key – Open the recently used applications window and the favourites bar

4 Home navigation key – Exit an application and go back to the Home screen

5 Back navigation key – Go back to the previous screen within an application or close the application

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-962D91AD-EBDC-4283-94A2-286CBA9B58CD

Navigating applications overview

3

To open the recently used applications window

GUID

Title

GUID-A60AC121-B7D1-4A48-859B-F8CA4DC4C077


20


Version

•

Press .

GUID

Title

Version

5

GUID-A60AC121-B7D1-4A48-859B-F8CA4DC4C077


5

To open a menu in an application

GUID

Title

GUID-C5E4E280-0AA6-4076-B7F6-8777FD219744


Version 1

•

While using the application, press .

A menu is not available in all applications.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C5E4E280-0AA6-4076-B7F6-8777FD219744


1

Small apps

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BFE28979-864F-4473-A204-362CE5442283

Small apps

2

Small apps are miniature apps that run on top of other applications on the same screen, to enable multi-tasking. For example, you can have a webpage open showing details of currency exchange rates and then open the Calculator small app on top of it and perform calculations. You can access your small apps via the favourites bar. To download more small apps, go to Google Play™.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BFE28979-864F-4473-A204-362CE5442283

Small apps

2

To open a small app

GUID

Title

GUID-53383553-C8C3-4EA0-8F4E-DA9CB7757BAE

To open a small app

Version 6

1

To make the favourites bar appear, press .

2

Tap the small app that you want to open.

You can open several small apps at the same time.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-53383553-C8C3-4EA0-8F4E-DA9CB7757BAE

To open a small app

6

To close a small app

GUID

Title

GUID-99100D9A-1CCC-4DD4-ABC8-2B58F09F39AE


Version 1

•

Tap on the small app window.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-99100D9A-1CCC-4DD4-ABC8-2B58F09F39AE


1

To download a small app

GUID

Title

GUID-AE4A69D2-7CB5-44EF-BF20-90B0B35793CB


Version 6

1

From the favourites bar, tap , then tap and tap .

2

Search for the small app that you want to download, then follow the instructions to download it and complete the installation.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AE4A69D2-7CB5-44EF-BF20-90B0B35793CB


6

To move a small app

GUID GUID-E71EDE79-D34F-41C1-9300-ABE639400C0F

21


Title To move a small app

Version 3

•

When the small app is open, touch and hold the top left corner of the small app, then move it to the desired location.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E71EDE79-D34F-41C1-9300-ABE639400C0F

To move a small app

3

To minimise a small app

GUID GUID-3FA301BE-1DE5-4200-A944-FD66851191D2

Title

Version


3

•

When the small app is open, touch and hold the top left corner of the small app, then drag it to the right edge or to the bottom edge of the screen.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3FA301BE-1DE5-4200-A944-FD66851191D2


3

To rearrange the small apps in the favourites bar

GUID

Title

GUID-3830D3E3-63FD-4C72-A393-E6F5E8D58EA5

To rearrange your small apps

Version 4

•

Touch and hold a small app and drag it to the desired position.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3830D3E3-63FD-4C72-A393-E6F5E8D58EA5

To rearrange your small apps

4

To remove a small app from the favourites bar

GUID

Title

GUID-BF1EE6E5-D398-49CC-89A9-CCE7426CFF47

To remove a small app from the small apps bar

Version 5

•

Touch and hold a small app, then drag it to .

GUID GUID-BF1EE6E5-D398-49CC-89A9-CCE7426CFF47

Title

Version

To remove a small app from the small apps bar

5

To restore a previously removed small app

GUID

Title

GUID-1B077C5F-3405-4E30-BC25-453CECB522D9


Version 5

1

Open the favourites bar, then tap .

2

Touch and hold the small app that you want to restore, then drag it into the favourites bar.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1B077C5F-3405-4E30-BC25-453CECB522D9


5

To add a widget as a small app

GUID

Title

GUID-0263A861-B039-4C87-BB98-4E681AE3F279


Version 2

1

To make the favourites bar appear, press .

2

Tap > > .

3

Select a widget.

4

Enter a name for the widget, if desired, then tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0263A861-B039-4C87-BB98-4E681AE3F279


2

Widgets

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-31FA03AF-3EA8-4F67-997F-72FC7043FC88

Widgets

13

Widgets are small applications that you can use directly on your Home screen. They also function as shortcuts. For example, the Weather widget allows you to see basic weather information directly on your Home screen. But when you tap the widget, the full Weather application opens. You can download additional widgets from Google

Play™.

22


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-31FA03AF-3EA8-4F67-997F-72FC7043FC88

Widgets

13

To add a widget to the Home screen

GUID

Title

GUID-7AA3E1DD-C7DD-47D2-8DB4-4BB05D9E7686


Version 12

1

Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates, then tap

Widgets.

2

Find and tap the widget that you want to add.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7AA3E1DD-C7DD-47D2-8DB4-4BB05D9E7686


12

To resize a widget

GUID

Title

GUID-379CF5F0-A8C7-4D6F-A96C-9D06316E050B

To resize a widget

Version 4

1

Touch and hold a widget until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then release the widget. If the widget can be resized, for example, the Calendar widget, then a highlighted frame and resizing dots appear.

2

Drag the dots inward or outward to shrink or expand the widget.

3

To confirm the new size of the widget, tap anywhere on the Home screen.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-379CF5F0-A8C7-4D6F-A96C-9D06316E050B

To resize a widget

4

To move a widget

GUID

Title

GUID-653F4AD6-41D0-40D5-B41C-A07870088954

To move a widget on the Home screen

Version 2

•

Touch and hold the widget until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag it to the new location.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-653F4AD6-41D0-40D5-B41C-A07870088954

To move a widget on the Home screen

2

To delete a widget

GUID

Title

GUID-E28E3921-A869-46FF-94FD-475750F619A5

To delete a widget from the Home screen

Version 3

•

Touch and hold the widget until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag it to .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E28E3921-A869-46FF-94FD-475750F619A5

To delete a widget from the Home screen

3

To add a widget to the lock screen

GUID

Title

GUID-9AEF496D-5818-4AD9-BC93-A8FBFF285E71

To add a widget when the screen is locked

23


Version 5

1

From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap

Settings > Security

2

Mark the

Allow widgets on lock screen checkbox.

3

To lock the screen, press the power key.

4

To activate the screen, briefly press the power key.

5

Swipe inwards from the upper part of the screen until appears, then tap it.

6

If required, enter your PIN code, pattern or password to unlock the screen.

7

Find and tap the widget that you want to add.

8

Follow the on-screen instructions, if necessary, to finish adding the widget.

The items that appear when you tap are available by default and cannot be modified.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9AEF496D-5818-4AD9-BC93-A8FBFF285E71

To add a widget when the screen is locked

5

To move a widget on the lock screen

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-95B0649E-744E-48AE-81FE-1C479ED4FA5E

To move a widget when the screen is locked

1

1

To activate the screen, briefly press the power key .

2

Touch and hold the widget that you want to move, then drag it to the new location.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-95B0649E-744E-48AE-81FE-1C479ED4FA5E

To move a widget when the screen is locked

1

To remove a widget from the lock screen

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-50FA6949-2923-44F5-81A5-D68EAB382D8D

To remove a widget from the lockscreen pane

3

1


2

Touch and hold the widget that you want to remove, then drag it to .

The camera icon at the bottom of the screen is there by default and cannot be removed.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-50FA6949-2923-44F5-81A5-D68EAB382D8D

To remove a widget from the lockscreen pane

3

Shortcuts and folders

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5B33567F-6DC3-4C3C-934D-C76C14EA069C


1

Use shortcuts and folders to manage your applications and keep your Home screen tidy.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

GUID-5B33567F-6DC3-4C3C-934D-C76C14EA069C


1

GUID-AB0711B3-D9D7-430C-9F04-DDEB20092B5C

Shortcuts and folders overview

24


Version 1

1

2

Access a folder containing applications

Access an application using a shortcut

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AB0711B3-D9D7-430C-9F04-DDEB20092B5C

Shortcuts and folders overview

1

To add a shortcut to your Home screen

GUID

Title

GUID-846B78FE-AD6C-47FE-9BF8-715A3CBB7B61

To add a shortcut from customization menu to the Home screen

Version 6

1

Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates and the customisation menu appears.

2

In the customisation menu, tap

Apps.

3

Scroll through the list of applications and select an application. The selected application gets added to the Home screen.

In step 3, alternatively, you can tap

Shortcuts and then select an application from the list available. If you use this method to add shortcuts, some of the applications available allow you to add specific functionality to the shortcut.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-846B78FE-AD6C-47FE-9BF8-715A3CBB7B61

To add a shortcut from customization menu to the Home screen

6

To move an item on the Home screen

GUID

Title

GUID-E0065909-6DCC-4137-BC73-976CB447E526


Version 3

•

Touch and hold the item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag the item to the new location.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E0065909-6DCC-4137-BC73-976CB447E526


3

To delete an item from the Home screen

GUID GUID-B9D51246-2767-4FC7-B6A9-7F3A98343A35

Title

Version

To delete an item on the Home screen

3

•

Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag the item to .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B9D51246-2767-4FC7-B6A9-7F3A98343A35

To delete an item on the Home screen

3

To create a folder on the Home screen

GUID

Title

GUID-B4485B5D-75F7-46E8-A35F-7833E55CF1DC


25


Version 9

•

Touch and hold an application icon or a shortcut until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag and drop it on top of another application icon or shortcut.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B4485B5D-75F7-46E8-A35F-7833E55CF1DC


9

To add items to a folder on the Home screen

GUID

Title

GUID-59731CD1-AB4A-40AE-BCCC-5D64928E2B5E

To add items to a folder

Version 3

•

Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag the item to the folder.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-59731CD1-AB4A-40AE-BCCC-5D64928E2B5E

To add items to a folder

3

To rename a folder on the Home screen

GUID

Title

GUID-D78DB4F3-D3D1-495D-B904-21104B8F19CA

To rename a folder

Version 5

1

Tap the folder to open it.

2

Tap the folder's title bar to show the

Folder name field.

3

Enter the new folder name and tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D78DB4F3-D3D1-495D-B904-21104B8F19CA

To rename a folder

5

Background and themes

GUID

Title

GUID-DA64CC29-770F-4901-ABCB-7A4F380547FE


Version 1

You can adapt the Home screen to your own style using wallpapers and different themes. You can also change the wallpaper on the lock screen.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DA64CC29-770F-4901-ABCB-7A4F380547FE


1

To change your Home screen wallpaper

GUID

Title

GUID-19E276DF-4D6A-44AF-8D86-5CAAFFD4BFDD

To change your wallpaper

Version 17

1


2

Tap

Wallpapers and select an option.

GUID

Title

GUID-19E276DF-4D6A-44AF-8D86-5CAAFFD4BFDD

To change your wallpaper

26


Version 17

To set a theme

GUID

Title

GUID-506DA76F-B990-4363-A85D-2F100F4C36A7

To set a theme

Version 10

1


2

Tap

Themes, then select a theme.

When you change a theme, the background also changes in some applications.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-506DA76F-B990-4363-A85D-2F100F4C36A7

To set a theme

10

To change the wallpaper for the lock screen

GUID

Title

GUID-3471E381-4B73-4ACF-80CC-24E5F3FEEF08

To change your wallpaper in the lock screen

Version 2

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Personalization> Lock screen.

3

Select an option, then follow the instructions to change your wallpaper.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3471E381-4B73-4ACF-80CC-24E5F3FEEF08

To change your wallpaper in the lock screen

2

Taking a screenshot

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4764F628-1DE0-46FA-8893-8AF9487D3822

Taking a screenshot

1

You can capture still images of any screen on your device as a screenshot.

Screenshots you take are automatically saved in Album.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4764F628-1DE0-46FA-8893-8AF9487D3822

Taking a screenshot

1

To take a screenshot

GUID

Title

GUID-34F326B7-FFAD-4497-A075-F98085E9E1F3

To take a screenshot - 2 methods

Version 1

1

Press and hold down the power key until a prompt window appears.

2

Tap

You may also take the screenshot through pressing the power key and volume down key at the same time until you hear a clicking sound.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-34F326B7-FFAD-4497-A075-F98085E9E1F3

To take a screenshot - 2 methods

1

Status and notifications

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-065ACA94-7931-42F2-AEB8-381F304937E1


13

The icons in the status bar inform you of events such as new messages and calendar notifications, activities in progress such as file downloads, and status information such as battery level and signal strength. You can drag down the status bar to open the Notification panel and handle your notifications.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-065ACA94-7931-42F2-AEB8-381F304937E1


13

To select which system icons to display in the status bar

GUID

Title

GUID-27D613C1-4324-4C68-97A7-E1A3274309A5


27


Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Personalization> Status bar icons.

3

Select the icons that you want to display.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-27D613C1-4324-4C68-97A7-E1A3274309A5


1

To open or close the Notification panel

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-95E1166F-A30C-4DE2-B941-50CA4885E1E3


1

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-95E1166F-A30C-4DE2-B941-50CA4885E1E3


1

To select the apps allowed to send notifications

GUID

Title

GUID-D6758A7A-1840-4B1A-9A55-83553E4FD239

To select which apps are allowed to send notifications

Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Personalization> Manage notifications.

3

Select the apps that are allowed to send notifications.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D6758A7A-1840-4B1A-9A55-83553E4FD239

To select which apps are allowed to send notifications

1

To take action on a notification

GUID

Title

GUID-B15C53D1-AD7D-4B24-8254-068E716E8C0D


Version

•

Tap the notification.

1

GUID GUID-B15C53D1-AD7D-4B24-8254-068E716E8C0D

Title

Version


1

To dismiss a notification from the Notification panel

GUID GUID-967CAF72-88E4-4B35-ADD1-2B0EA7CF61A4

Title

Version


1

•

Place your finger on a notification and flick left or right.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-967CAF72-88E4-4B35-ADD1-2B0EA7CF61A4


1

To clear all notifications from the Notification panel

GUID

Title

GUID-DA62F1FF-BE58-4F3B-B236-8F2F85655D4F

To clear the Notification panel

28


Version

•

Tap

Clear.

GUID

Title

Version

5

GUID-DA62F1FF-BE58-4F3B-B236-8F2F85655D4F

To clear the Notification panel

5

Notification light

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-714E4307-9897-4CC8-ACA1-C7E19B4EEB6C

Notification light

3

The notification light informs you about battery status and some other events. For example, a flashing white light means there is a new message or a missed call.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-714E4307-9897-4CC8-ACA1-C7E19B4EEB6C

Notification light

3

Icons in the status bar

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-22676E23-F5D6-4AA4-96AF-C646852C53C1


1

GUID-22676E23-F5D6-4AA4-96AF-C646852C53C1


1

Status icons

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-608EF053-148E-44EB-8B03-5B0E9CE88C10

Status icons

19

Signal strength

No signal

Roaming

LTE is available

GPRS is available

EDGE is available

3G is available

Mobile data network is available

Sending and downloading LTE data

Sending and downloading GPRS data

Sending and downloading EDGE data

Sending and downloading 3G data

Sending and downloading mobile data

Battery status

The battery is charging

STAMINA mode is activated

Airplane mode is activated

The Bluetooth® function is activated

29


The SIM card is not inserted

The microphone is muted

The speakerphone is on

Silent mode

Vibrate mode

An alarm is set

GPS is activated

Synchronisation is ongoing

Problem with sign-in or synchronisation

Your device is ready to connect to other ANT+™ capable devices

Depending on your service provider, network and/or region, the functions or services represented by some icons in this list may not be available.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-608EF053-148E-44EB-8B03-5B0E9CE88C10

Status icons

19

Notification icons

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E62A6282-5CCC-42BE-ABF4-FB624175420A

Notification icons

12

The following notification icons may appear on your screen:

New email message

New text message or multimedia message

New voicemail

Upcoming calendar event

A song is playing

The device is connected to a computer via a USB cable

Warning message

Error message

Missed call

Call ongoing

Call on hold

Call forwarding is turned on

A Wi-Fi® connection is enabled and wireless networks are available

Software updates are available

Downloading data

Uploading data

More (undisplayed) notifications

GUID

Title

GUID-E62A6282-5CCC-42BE-ABF4-FB624175420A

Notification icons

30


Version 12

Application overview

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C91B8D79-CD60-4158-9600-63B728C514EB

Applications overview

28.1.1.2.1.2.1

Use the Alarm and clock application to set various kinds of alarms.

Use your web browser to navigate and view web pages, manage bookmarks, and manage text and images.

Use the Calculator application to perform basic calculations.

Use the Calendar application to keep track of your events and manage your appointments.

Use the camera to take photos and record video clips.

Use the Contacts application to manage phone numbers, email address and other information related to your contacts.

Access your downloaded applications.

Use the Email application to send and receive emails through both private and corporate accounts.

Use the Facebook™ application to engage in social networking with friends, family members and colleagues around the world.

Browse and listen to FM radio stations.

Use the Album application to view and to work with your photos and videos.

Use the Gmail™ application to read, write and organise email messages.

Search for information in your device and on the web.

View your current location, find other locations, and calculate routes using

Google Maps™.

Go to Google Play™ to download free and paid applications for your device.

Use the Messaging application to send and receive text and multimedia messages.

Use the Movies application to play videos in your device and share content with your friends.

Use the Walkman® application to organise and play music, audio books and podcasts.

View news stories and weather forecasts.

Make phone calls by dialling the number manually or by using the smart dial function.

Use the Video Unlimited application to rent and purchase videos.

Optimise settings to suit your own requirements.

Use the Hangouts™ application to chat with friends online.

Identify music tracks that you hear playing in your surroundings, and get artist, album and other info.

Use YouTube™ to share and view videos from around the world.

31


Use the Support application to access user support in the device. For example, you can access a User guide, troubleshooting information, plus tips and tricks.

Download and install new applications and updates.

Some applications are not supported by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C91B8D79-CD60-4158-9600-63B728C514EB

Applications overview

28.1.1.2.1.2.1

32


Downloading applications

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-213B33AF-5332-4FDD-A5DE-49D4D60DF54C


1

GUID-213B33AF-5332-4FDD-A5DE-49D4D60DF54C


1

Downloading applications from Google Play™

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CCEFB15F-F00D-407C-B076-1DCEAFC9755F

Downloading applications from Google Play

1

Google Play™ is the official online Google store for downloading applications, games, music, movies and books. It includes both free and paid applications. Before you start downloading from Google Play™, make sure that you have a working

Internet connection, preferably over Wi-Fi

®

to limit data traffic charges.

To use Google Play™, you need to have a Google™ account. Google Play™ may not be available in all countries or regions.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CCEFB15F-F00D-407C-B076-1DCEAFC9755F

Downloading applications from Google Play

1

To download an application from Google Play™

GUID

Title

GUID-318E5804-E53F-43FA-8185-DB8E535C066A

To download an application from Google Play

Version 1

1

From the Home screen, tap .

2

Find and tap

Play Store.

3

Find an item you wish to download by browsing categories, or by using the search function.

4

Tap the item to view its details, and follow the instructions to complete the installation.

Some applications may need to access data, settings and various functions on your device in order to work properly. Only install and give permissions to applications that you trust.

You can view the permissions granted to a downloaded application by tapping the application under

Settings > Apps.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-318E5804-E53F-43FA-8185-DB8E535C066A

To download an application from Google Play

1

Downloading applications from other sources

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DA1F46C9-E659-45DB-8E57-51E2D50AE7A5


1

When your device is set to allow downloads from sources other than Google Play™, you can download applications directly from other websites by following the relevant download instructions.

Installing applications of unknown or unreliable origin can damage your device. Only download applications from reliable sources. Contact the application provider if you have any questions or concerns.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DA1F46C9-E659-45DB-8E57-51E2D50AE7A5


1

To allow the download of applications from other sources

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9B0A4A4D-09AF-4147-81CF-E3AF4E173BE8

To allow download of applications from other sources

1

33


1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Security.

3

Mark the

Unknown sources checkbox.

4

Tap

OK.

Some applications may need to access data, settings and various functions on your device in order to work properly. Only install and give permissions to applications you trust.

You can view the permissions granted to a downloaded application by tapping the application under

Settings > Apps.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9B0A4A4D-09AF-4147-81CF-E3AF4E173BE8

To allow download of applications from other sources

1

34


Internet and networks

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-81B0AC57-DDA9-47E1-8D3F-DACA81C73F05


1

GUID-81B0AC57-DDA9-47E1-8D3F-DACA81C73F05


1

Browsing the web

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-243B87A9-00BF-4A6F-A3A3-804B4A192B7B

Browsing the web

3

The Google Chrome™ web browser for Android™ devices comes pre-installed in most markets. Go to http://support.google.com/chrome and click the "Chrome for

Mobile" link to get more detailed information about how to use this web browser.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-243B87A9-00BF-4A6F-A3A3-804B4A192B7B

Browsing the web

3

To browse with Google Chrome™

GUID

Title

GUID-507FD97F-A4A8-4989-A597-3DD9FD01990F

To start browsing

Version 2

1


2

Find and tap .

3

If you are using Google Chrome™ for the first time, select to either sign in to a

Google™ account or browse with Google Chrome™ anonymously.

4

Enter a search term or web address in the search and address field, then tap

Go on the keyboard.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-507FD97F-A4A8-4989-A597-3DD9FD01990F

To start browsing

2

GUID-1A0BBFEF-1FD6-4BD7-8DAD-D44896FE0E7B

Web browser overview

3

1 Go to the homepage

2 Search and address field

3 Refresh the page

4 Access browser tabs

5 View help and options

35


6 Go back a page in the browser history

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1A0BBFEF-1FD6-4BD7-8DAD-D44896FE0E7B

Web browser overview

3

Internet and MMS settings

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E108490D-17EF-4989-95D0-DB1F6F93AD07

Internet and messaging settings

12

To send multimedia messages, or to access the Internet when there is no available

Wi-Fi® network, you must have a working mobile data connection with the correct

Internet and MMS (Multimedia Messaging Service) settings. Here are some tips:

•

For most mobile networks and operators, Internet and MMS settings come preinstalled on your device. You can then start using the Internet and send multimedia messages right away.

•

In some cases, you get the option to download Internet and MMS settings the first time you turn on your device when a SIM card is inserted. It is also possible to download these settings later from the Settings menu.

•

You can manually add, change or delete Internet and MMS settings on your device at any time. Contact your network operator for detailed information.

•

If you cannot access the Internet over a mobile network or if multimedia messaging is not working, even though the Internet and MMS settings have been downloaded successfully to your device, refer to the troubleshooting tips for your device at www.sonymobile.com/support/ for network coverage, mobile data, and MMS issues.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E108490D-17EF-4989-95D0-DB1F6F93AD07

Internet and messaging settings

12

To download Internet and MMS settings

GUID

Title

GUID-86823E16-0E31-4A88-AD3F-6BAFB84C490E

To download Internet and messaging settings

Version 13

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > More… > Internet settings.

3

Tap

Accept. Once the settings have been downloaded successfully, appears in the status bar and mobile data is turned on automatically.

If the settings cannot be downloaded to your device, check the signal strength of your mobile network. Move to an open location free from obstructions or get close to a window and then try again.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-86823E16-0E31-4A88-AD3F-6BAFB84C490E

To download Internet and messaging settings

13

To check whether mobile data is turned on or off

GUID

Title

GUID-89B710A3-3B12-4C0D-837A-A7069BEC39CC


Version 2

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > More… > Mobile networks.

3

Check whether the

Mobile data traffic checkbox is marked or not.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-89B710A3-3B12-4C0D-837A-A7069BEC39CC


2

To add Internet and MMS settings manually

GUID

Title

GUID-32B23CC9-D90A-4769-AC96-E84045CC67B5

To configure Internet settings manually

36


Version 16

1


2

Find and tap


3

Tap

Access Point Names > .

4

Tap

Name and enter a name as desired.

5

Tap

APN and enter the access point name.

6

Enter all other information as required. If you don’t know what information is required, contact your network operator for more details.

7

When you're done, tap , then tap

Save.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-32B23CC9-D90A-4769-AC96-E84045CC67B5

To configure Internet settings manually

16

To view the downloaded Internet and MMS settings

GUID GUID-D3CA1D1D-9D77-409E-B090-A9F34E50E7C4

Title

Version

To view the current Access Point Name (APN)

9

1


2

Find and tap


3

Tap

Access Point Names.

4

To view more details, tap any of the available items.

If you have several available connections, the active network connection is indicated by a marked button .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D3CA1D1D-9D77-409E-B090-A9F34E50E7C4

To view the current Access Point Name (APN)

9

To delete all Internet and MMS settings

GUID

Title

GUID-C5FA3023-F1E7-468A-A10D-339C3384F8ED

To delete all Internet settings

Version 3

1


2

Find and tap


3

Tap

Access Point Names, then tap .

4

Tap

Reset to default. All Internet and MMS settings are deleted.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C5FA3023-F1E7-468A-A10D-339C3384F8ED

To delete all Internet settings

3

Wi-Fi®

GUID

Title

GUID-AAEAF087-8D25-4ADD-9DCB-14D7C20696D3

Wi-Fi

Version 6

Use Wi-Fi® connections to surf the Internet, download applications, or send and receive emails. Once you have connected to a Wi-Fi® network, your device remembers the network and automatically connects to it the next time you come within range.

Some Wi-Fi® networks require you to log in to a web page before you can get access. Contact the relevant Wi-Fi® network administrator for more information.

Available Wi-Fi® networks may be open or secured:

•

Open networks are indicated by next to the Wi-Fi® network name.

•

Secured networks are indicated by next to the Wi-Fi® network name.

Some Wi-Fi® networks do not show up in the list of available networks because they do not broadcast their network name (SSID). If you know the network name, you can add it manually to your list of available Wi-Fi® networks.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AAEAF087-8D25-4ADD-9DCB-14D7C20696D3

Wi-Fi

6

To turn on Wi-Fi®

GUID GUID-32D5A26E-BDE9-443A-9989-CD340E27C309

37


Title To turn on Wi-Fi

Version 11

1


2

Find and tap

Settings.

3

Drag the slider beside

Wi-Fi to the right to turn on the Wi-Fi® function.

It may take a few seconds before Wi-Fi® is enabled.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-32D5A26E-BDE9-443A-9989-CD340E27C309

To turn on Wi-Fi

11

To connect to a Wi-Fi® network automatically

GUID

Title

GUID-349C27FA-BB6C-438D-A975-FBDC889BD41D

To connect to a Wi-Fi network

Version 12

1


2

Find and tap

Settings.

3

Tap

Wi-Fi. All available Wi-Fi® networks are displayed.

4

Tap a Wi-Fi® network to connect to it. For secured networks, enter the relevant password. is displayed in the status bar once you are connected.

To search for new available networks, tap , and then tap

Scan.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-349C27FA-BB6C-438D-A975-FBDC889BD41D

To connect to a Wi-Fi network

12

To add a Wi-Fi® network manually

GUID GUID-A7AE9A0F-77BC-46FA-8C4A-B90D8C3E4FAC

Title

Version

To add a Wi-Fi network manually

13

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Wi-Fi.

3

Tap .

4

Enter the

Network name (SSID) information.

5

To select a security type, tap the

Security field.

6

If required, enter a password.

7

To edit some advanced options such as proxy and IP settings, mark the

Show advanced options checkbox and then edit as desired.

8

Tap

Save.

Contact your Wi-Fi® network administrator to get the network SSID and password.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A7AE9A0F-77BC-46FA-8C4A-B90D8C3E4FAC

To add a Wi-Fi network manually

13

Increasing Wi-Fi® signal strength

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-22C3D561-4F08-47F6-9A4B-8E8FD3D318B7

Wi-Fi signal strength

3

There are a number of things you can do to increase the strength of a Wi-Fi® signal:

•

Move your device closer to the Wi-Fi® access point.

•

Move the Wi-Fi® access point away from any potential obstructions or interference.

•

Don’t cover the Wi-Fi® antenna area of your device (the highlighted area in the illustration).

38


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-22C3D561-4F08-47F6-9A4B-8E8FD3D318B7

Wi-Fi signal strength

3

Wi-Fi® settings

GUID

Title

GUID-9C75877B-91A1-44F4-BABC-64A97D9A17E2

Wi-Fi settings

Version 1

When you are connected to a Wi-Fi® network or when there are Wi-Fi® networks available in your vicinity, it is possible to view the status of these networks. You can also enable your device to notify you whenever an open Wi-Fi® network is detected.

If you are not connected to a Wi-Fi® network, your device uses a mobile data connection to access the Internet (if you have set up and enabled a mobile data connection on your device). By adding a Wi-Fi® sleep policy, you can specify when to switch from Wi-Fi® to mobile data.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9C75877B-91A1-44F4-BABC-64A97D9A17E2

Wi-Fi settings

1

To enable Wi-Fi® network notifications

GUID

Title

GUID-9F08F877-2C94-4551-8F02-965605144EEE

To enable Wi-Fi network notification

Version 8

1

Turn on Wi-Fi®, if it is not already on.

2


3

Find and tap

Settings > Wi-Fi.

4

Press .

5

Tap

Advanced.

6

Mark the

Network notification checkbox.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9F08F877-2C94-4551-8F02-965605144EEE

To enable Wi-Fi network notification

8

To view detailed information about a connected Wi-Fi® network

GUID GUID-51F6A64B-C4DB-47B6-91B1-ED742AACB692

Title

Version

To view detailed information about a connected Wi-Fi network

7

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Wi-Fi.

3

Tap the Wi-Fi® network that you are currently connected to. Detailed network information is displayed.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-51F6A64B-C4DB-47B6-91B1-ED742AACB692

To view detailed information about a connected Wi-Fi network

7

To add a Wi-Fi® sleep policy

GUID GUID-65A23535-7509-42F8-8825-7DB85FEC5A28

39


Title To add a Wi-Fi sleep policy

Version 7

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Wi-Fi.

3

Press .

4

Tap

Advanced.

5

Tap

Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep.

6

Select an option.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-65A23535-7509-42F8-8825-7DB85FEC5A28

To add a Wi-Fi sleep policy

7

WPS

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8524E3B3-194C-49C4-A3B7-6C6CBD4D6536

WPS

2

WPS (Wi-Fi® Protected Setup) is a computing standard that helps you establish secure wireless network connections. If you have little background knowledge of wireless security, WPS makes it easy for you to set up Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) encryption to secure your network. You can also add new devices to an existing network without entering long passwords.

Use one of these methods to enable WPS:

•

Push button method – simply push a button on a WPS-supported device, for example, a router.

•

PIN method – your device creates a random PIN (Personal Identification Number), which you enter on the WPS-supported device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8524E3B3-194C-49C4-A3B7-6C6CBD4D6536

WPS

2

To connect to a Wi-Fi® network using a WPS button

GUID

Title

GUID-54815D13-F4EE-4392-BDB0-34AF1DB63D25

To connect to a Wi-Fi using a WPS button

Version 2

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Wi-Fi.

3

Turn on Wi-Fi® if it is not already on.

4

Tap , then press the WPS button on the WPS-supported device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-54815D13-F4EE-4392-BDB0-34AF1DB63D25

To connect to a Wi-Fi using a WPS button

2

To connect to a Wi-Fi® network using a WPS PIN

GUID GUID-9BA06C28-E285-499F-AD32-FA2234F14526

Title

Version

To connect to a Wi-Fi network using a WPS PIN

2

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Wi-Fi.

3

Turn on Wi-Fi® if it is not already on.

4

Tap >

WPS PIN Entry.

5

On the WPS-supported device, enter the PIN that appears on your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9BA06C28-E285-499F-AD32-FA2234F14526

To connect to a Wi-Fi network using a WPS PIN

2

Sharing your mobile data connection

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-391DC4CE-B831-4F3F-8D82-9CC4E03EA622


10

You can share your mobile data connection with other devices in several ways:

•

USB tethering – share your mobile data connection with a single computer using a

USB cable.

40


•

Bluetooth® tethering – share your mobile data connection with up to five other devices via Bluetooth®.

•

Portable Wi-Fi® hotspot – share your mobile data connection simultaneously with up to 10 other devices, including devices that support WPS technology.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-391DC4CE-B831-4F3F-8D82-9CC4E03EA622


10

To share your data connection using a USB cable

GUID GUID-60CF569F-5B4A-43C3-B7F8-759B6C76C930

Title

Version


6

1

Deactivate all USB cable connections to your device.

2

Using the USB cable that came with your device, connect your device to a computer.

3


4

Find and tap

Settings > More… > Tethering & portable hotspot.

5

Mark the

USB tethering checkbox, then tap OK if prompted. is displayed in the status bar once you are connected.

6

To stop sharing your data connection, unmark the

USB tethering checkbox or disconnect the USB cable.

You cannot share your device's data connection and SD card over a USB cable at the same time.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-60CF569F-5B4A-43C3-B7F8-759B6C76C930


6

To share your mobile data connection with another Bluetooth® device

GUID

Title

GUID-5FA3113B-420B-4F18-9D74-5E6488DE2C83

To share your data connection with another Bluetooth(R) device

Version 1

1

Make sure that your device and the Bluetooth® device are paired with each other.

2

Your device: Turn on mobile data, then mark the Bluetooth tethering checkbox under


3

Bluetooth® device: Set up the device so that it obtains its network connection using Bluetooth®. If the device is a computer, refer to the relevant instructions to complete the setup. If the device runs on the Android™ operating system, tap the settings icon beside the name of the device that it is paired with under

Settings > Bluetooth > Paired devices, then mark the Internet access checkbox.

4

Your device: Wait for to appear in the status bar. Once it appears, the setup is complete.

5

To stop sharing your mobile data connection, unmark the

Bluetooth tethering checkbox.

The

Bluetooth tethering checkbox becomes unmarked every time you turn off your device or turn off the Bluetooth® function.

For more information about pairing and turning on mobile data, see

To pair your device with another Bluetooth® device

on page 150 and

To turn mobile data traffic on or off on page 43.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5FA3113B-420B-4F18-9D74-5E6488DE2C83

To share your data connection with another Bluetooth(R) device

1

To use your device as a portable Wi-Fi® hotspot

GUID

Title

GUID-7B256C79-790C-43DE-9EEB-9BC8B6C70165

To use your device as a portable Wi-Fi hotspot

41


Version 8

1


2

Find and tap


3

Tap

Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings > Configure Wi-Fi hotspot.

4

Enter the

Network name (SSID) information.

5


Security field. If required, enter a password.

6

Tap

Save.

7

Tap and mark the

Portable Wi-Fi hotspot checkbox.

8

If prompted, tap

OK to confirm. appears in the status bar once the portable

Wi-Fi® hotspot is active.

9

To stop sharing your data connection via Wi-Fi®, unmark the

Portable Wi-Fi hotspot checkbox.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7B256C79-790C-43DE-9EEB-9BC8B6C70165

To use your device as a portable Wi-Fi hotspot

8

To allow a WPS-supported device to use your mobile data connection

GUID

Title

GUID-D38DF5FB-86B7-401D-88A5-72C457C92929

To allow a WPS-supported device using your mobile data connection

Version 1

1

Make sure that your device is functioning as a portable Wi-Fi® hotspot.

2


3

Find and tap

Settings > More… > Tethering & portable hotspot > Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings.

4

Make sure that the

Discoverable checkbox is marked.

5

Under

Configure Wi-Fi hotspot, make sure that your portable hotspot is secured by a password.

6

Tap

WPS Push Button, then follow the relevant instructions. Alternatively, tap

>

WPS PIN Entry, then enter the PIN that appears on the WPS-supported device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D38DF5FB-86B7-401D-88A5-72C457C92929

To allow a WPS-supported device using your mobile data connection

1

To rename or secure your portable hotspot

GUID GUID-E4366CA7-0AA0-4F7A-B25B-F8BFC3BAF97A

Title

Version


7

1


2

Find and tap


3

Tap

Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings > Configure Wi-Fi hotspot.

4

Enter the

Network name (SSID) for the network.

5


Security field.

6

If required, enter a password.

7

Tap

Save.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E4366CA7-0AA0-4F7A-B25B-F8BFC3BAF97A


7

Controlling data usage

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C0566A1E-7656-4AA0-83CF-B16974F69C4C


4

You can keep track of the amount of data transferred to and from your device over your mobile data or Wi-Fi® connection during a given period. For example, you can view the amount of data used by individual applications. For data transferred over your mobile data connection, you can also set data usage warnings and limits to avoid additional charges.

GUID

Title

Adjusting data usage settings can help you keep greater control over data usage but cannot guarantee the prevention of additional charges.

GUID-C0566A1E-7656-4AA0-83CF-B16974F69C4C


42


Version 4

To turn mobile data traffic on or off

GUID

Title

GUID-AF0FB16B-F83D-452C-B097-C0BB9FC06865

To turn data traffic on or off

Version 4

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Data usage.

3


Mobile data traffic accordingly to turn mobile data traffic on or off.

When mobile data traffic is turned off, your device can still establish Wi-Fi® and Bluetooth® connections.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AF0FB16B-F83D-452C-B097-C0BB9FC06865

To turn data traffic on or off

4

To set a data usage warning

GUID

Title

GUID-E984931A-1304-4ADC-93A5-1CA4FAB17CBE

To set a level for data usage warning

Version 3

1

Make sure that mobile data traffic is turned on.

2


3

Find and tap


4

To set the warning level, drag the warning line to the desired value. You receive a warning notification when the amount of data traffic approaches the level you set.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E984931A-1304-4ADC-93A5-1CA4FAB17CBE

To set a level for data usage warning

3

To set a mobile data usage limit

GUID

Title

GUID-387685B1-AC66-41E5-91FD-BAB3268E5AAF

To set data usage limit

Version 4

1

Make sure that mobile data traffic is turned on.

2


3

Find and tap


4

Mark the

Set mobile data limit checkbox if it is not marked, then tap OK.

5

To set the mobile data usage limit, drag the corresponding line to the desired value.

Once your mobile data usage reaches the set limit, mobile data traffic on your device gets turned off automatically.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-387685B1-AC66-41E5-91FD-BAB3268E5AAF

To set data usage limit

4

To control the mobile data usage of individual applications

GUID

Title

GUID-16A3F307-2E86-443A-A431-7F192F049F2D

To control the data usage of individual applications

Version 3

1


2

Find and tap


3

Find and tap the desired application.

4

Mark the

Restrict background data checkbox.

5

To access more specific settings for the application (if available), tap

View app settings and make the desired changes.

The performance of individual applications may be affected if you change the related data usage settings.

GUID

Title

GUID-16A3F307-2E86-443A-A431-7F192F049F2D

To control the data usage of individual applications

43


Version 3

To view data transferred via Wi-Fi®

GUID

Title

GUID-BB3CD5AE-08A0-4FE8-8733-6A4152A428E4

To view the data transferred over Wi-Fi

Version 1

1


2

Find and tap


3

Tap , then mark the

Show Wi-Fi usage checkbox if it is not marked.

4

Tap the

Wi-Fi tab.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BB3CD5AE-08A0-4FE8-8733-6A4152A428E4

To view the data transferred over Wi-Fi

1

Selecting mobile networks

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-034C32F2-F90D-47E9-8612-D4F01CA13BA6


1

Your device automatically switches between mobile networks depending on which mobile networks are available in different areas. You can also manually set your device to use a particular mobile network mode, for example, WCDMA or GSM.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-034C32F2-F90D-47E9-8612-D4F01CA13BA6


1

To select a network mode

GUID

Title

GUID-D26F6D09-E741-4272-A36B-876F5D93772A

To select network mode

Version 4

1


2

Find and tap


3

Tap

Network Mode.

4

Select a network mode.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D26F6D09-E741-4272-A36B-876F5D93772A

To select network mode

4

To select another network manually

GUID

Title

GUID-D7ED045F-09E8-437A-B0FA-7F20B36A7B9E


Version 12

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > More… > Mobile networks > Service providers.

3

Tap

Search mode > Manual.

4

Select a network.

If you select a network manually, your device will not search for other networks, even if you move out of range of the manually selected network.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D7ED045F-09E8-437A-B0FA-7F20B36A7B9E


12

To activate automatic network selection

GUID GUID-9A348BA0-79C7-43D2-B4D1-CD1673E55076

Title

Version


9

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > More… > Mobile networks > Service providers.

3

Tap

Search mode > Automatic.

GUID

Title

GUID-9A348BA0-79C7-43D2-B4D1-CD1673E55076


44


Version 9

Virtual private networks (VPNs)

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2F97A59E-A7B7-44AD-8205-166EA14A3A4C

Virtual private networks

4

Use your device to connect to virtual private networks (VPNs), which allow you to access resources inside a secured local network from a public network. For example,

VPN connections are commonly used by corporations and educational institutions for users who need to access intranets and other internal services when they are outside of the internal network, for example, when they are travelling.

VPN connections can be set up in many ways, depending on the network. Some networks may require you to transfer and install a security certificate on your device.

For detailed information on how to set up a connection to your virtual private network, please contact the network administrator of your company or organisation.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2F97A59E-A7B7-44AD-8205-166EA14A3A4C

Virtual private networks

4

To add a virtual private network

GUID

Title

GUID-992DA13F-F73C-44E7-9626-6EF9060F08D2


Version 5

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > More… > VPN.

3

Tap .

4

Select the type of VPN to add.

5

Enter your VPN settings.

6

Tap

Save.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-992DA13F-F73C-44E7-9626-6EF9060F08D2


5

To connect to a virtual private network

GUID GUID-66363089-CE64-4AB0-A2FA-A0B688FC0289

Title

Version


4

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > More… > VPN.

3

In the list of available networks, tap the VPN that you want to connect to.

4

Enter the required information.

5

Tap

Connect.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-66363089-CE64-4AB0-A2FA-A0B688FC0289


4

To disconnect from a virtual private network

GUID

Title

GUID-659C005D-AC0A-411F-8CD7-622DF74D0C12


Version 1

1

Drag the status bar downwards.

2

Tap the notification for the VPN connection to turn it off.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-659C005D-AC0A-411F-8CD7-622DF74D0C12


1

45


Synchronising data on your device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-28DAA87E-EB23-4FCF-80EC-BB843C864B1E


2

GUID-28DAA87E-EB23-4FCF-80EC-BB843C864B1E


2

Synchronising with online accounts

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D8D6C8EA-2D89-497B-B322-0A49D2D1AFCB

About synchronising data on your phone

5

Synchronise your device with contacts, email, calendar events and other information from online accounts, for example, email accounts such as Gmail™ and Exchange

ActiveSync, Facebook™, Flickr™ and Twitter™. You can synchronise data automatically for all accounts by activating the auto-sync function. Or you can synchronise each account manually.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D8D6C8EA-2D89-497B-B322-0A49D2D1AFCB

About synchronising data on your phone

5

To set up an online account for synchronisation

GUID

Title

GUID-307B6972-6E86-4640-8A06-5EA2A7AE241B


Version 1

1


2

Tap

Settings > Add account, then select the account that you want to add.

3

Follow the instructions to create an account, or sign in if you already have an account.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-307B6972-6E86-4640-8A06-5EA2A7AE241B


1

To activate the auto-sync function

GUID GUID-E9DCEBAC-FE04-4DF0-B0CA-B1D090EDD71B

Title

Version

To active the auto-sync function

2

1

From your Home screen, tap >

Settings.

2


Auto-sync to the right.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E9DCEBAC-FE04-4DF0-B0CA-B1D090EDD71B

To active the auto-sync function

2

To synchronise manually with an online account

GUID

Title

GUID-F3072D92-AFE8-46DB-A07B-06CCFFFC3796


Version 1

1


Settings.

2

Under

Accounts, select the account type, then tap the name of the account that you want to synchronise with. A list of items that can be synchronised with the account appears .

3

Mark the items that you want to synchronise.

4

Tap , then tap

Sync now.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F3072D92-AFE8-46DB-A07B-06CCFFFC3796


1

To remove an online account

GUID

Title

GUID-277BAF72-09E1-4B5F-BBFA-B39F4F028112


46


Version 1

1


Settings.

2

Under

Accounts, select the account type, then tap the name of the account that you want to remove.

3

Tap , then tap

Remove account.

4

Tap

Remove account again to confirm.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-277BAF72-09E1-4B5F-BBFA-B39F4F028112


1

Synchronising with Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync®

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8CCDE9CD-2196-42C6-AFC4-00EC12DD4700

Synchronising with a Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync account

1

Using a Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync account, you can access your corporate email messages, calendar appointments and contacts directly on your device. After setup, you can find your information in the

Email, Calendar and Contacts applications.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8CCDE9CD-2196-42C6-AFC4-00EC12DD4700

Synchronising with a Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync account

1

To set up an EAS account for synchronisation

GUID

Title

GUID-3962965F-AF05-424F-A59F-BB1E3EA26F10

To set up corporate email etc

Version 11

1

Make sure that you have your domain and server details, provided by your corporate network administrator, available.

2


3

Tap

Settings > Add account > Exchange ActiveSync.

4

Enter your corporate email address and password.

5

Tap

Next. Your device begins to retrieve your account information. If a failure occurs, enter the domain and server details for your account manually and then tap

Next.

6

Tap

OK to allow your corporate server to control your device.

7

Select what data you want to sync with your device, such as contacts and calendar entries.

8

If desired, activate the device administrator to allow your corporate server to control certain security features on your device. For example, you can allow your corporate server to set password rules and set storage encryption.

9

When the setup is done, enter a name for the corporate account.

When you change the login password for an EAS account on your computer, you have to log in again to the EAS account on your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3962965F-AF05-424F-A59F-BB1E3EA26F10

To set up corporate email etc

11

To change the settings of an EAS account

GUID

Title

GUID-F2995E0C-54E9-43FA-A02B-4DED8389F312

To edit your Exchange ActiveSync account

Version 5

1


2

Tap

Email, then tap .

3

Tap

Settings and select an EAS account, then change the settings of the EAS account as desired.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F2995E0C-54E9-43FA-A02B-4DED8389F312

To edit your Exchange ActiveSync account

5

To set a synchronisation interval for an EAS account

GUID

Title

GUID-2A828419-E14E-4123-A8A3-128F519783E6

To set a synchronisation interval - EAS

47


Version 8

1


2

Tap

Email, then tap .

3

Tap

Settings and select an EAS account.

4

Tap

Account check frequency > Check frequency and select an interval option.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2A828419-E14E-4123-A8A3-128F519783E6

To set a synchronisation interval - EAS

8

To remove an EAS account

GUID GUID-1F78C904-3F56-4A92-B018-B964B5E9930B

Title

Version

To remove a corporate account

6

1


Settings.

2

Under

Accounts, tap Exchange ActiveSync, then select the EAS account that you want to remove.

3

Tap , then tap

Remove account.

4

Tap

Remove account again to confirm.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1F78C904-3F56-4A92-B018-B964B5E9930B

To remove a corporate account

6

Synchronising with Outlook® using a computer

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-94150016-ECD0-48B7-AC61-86F309783095

Synchronising with Outlook using a computer

3

You can use the Calendar and Contacts applications within the PC Companion and the Sony Bridge for Mac computer programs to synchronise your device with the calendar and contacts from your Outlook account.

For more information on how to install the PC Companion on a PC or the Sony Bridge for Mac application on an Apple

®

Mac

®

computer, see

Computer tools

on page 166.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-94150016-ECD0-48B7-AC61-86F309783095

Synchronising with Outlook using a computer

3

To synchronise with your Outlook contacts using a computer

GUID

Title

GUID-2321713D-2BE5-49FB-A019-19EDAAE3FBAF


Version 2

1

Make sure that the PC Companion application is installed on the PC or the

Sony Bridge for Mac application is installed on the Apple

®

Mac

®

computer.

2

Computer: Open the PC Companion application or the Sony Bridge for Mac application.

3

Click

Start to start the Contacts and Contacts Sync applications and follow the on-screen instructions to synchronise your device with your Outlook contacts.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2321713D-2BE5-49FB-A019-19EDAAE3FBAF


2

To synchronise with your Outlook calendar using a computer

GUID

Title

GUID-63AA257C-D611-4B54-A708-65F4D79F3EA3

To synchronise with your Outlook calendar

Version 2

1

Make sure that the PC Companion application is installed on the PC or the

Sony Bridge for Mac application is installed on the Apple

®

Mac

®

computer.

2 Computer: Open the PC Companion application or the Sony Bridge for Mac application.

3

Click

Start to start the Calendar and Calendar Sync applications and follow the on-screen instructions to synchronise your device with your Outlook calendar.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-63AA257C-D611-4B54-A708-65F4D79F3EA3

To synchronise with your Outlook calendar

2

48


Basic settings

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7DD92E49-DE18-4C61-ABC5-DFB40484252D

Basic settings

1

GUID-7DD92E49-DE18-4C61-ABC5-DFB40484252D

Basic settings

1

Accessing settings

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-99D19D2C-0BF8-4893-A15F-7CD052D96170

Phone settings menu

4

View and change settings for your device from the Settings menu. The Settings menu is accessible from both the Application screen and the Quick settings panel.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-99D19D2C-0BF8-4893-A15F-7CD052D96170

Phone settings menu

4

To open the device settings menu from the Application screen

GUID

Title

GUID-5933172B-54E4-46F7-BC68-CC4B549EEE38


Version 1

1


2

Tap

Settings.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5933172B-54E4-46F7-BC68-CC4B549EEE38


1

To open the Quick settings panel

GUID

Title

GUID-AE8290FA-7F10-4844-9123-8CD494EB6027

To open or close the Quick settings panel

Version 1

•

Using two fingers, drag the status bar downwards.

GUID GUID-AE8290FA-7F10-4844-9123-8CD494EB6027

Title

Version

To open or close the Quick settings panel

1

To select which settings to display on the Quick settings panel

GUID GUID-651336A8-1CA8-44B9-9C41-A6EFD5F2E187

Title

Version

To select quick settings from the Notification panel

4

1

Using two fingers, drag the status bar downwards, then tap

Edit.

2

Select the quick settings that you want to display.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-651336A8-1CA8-44B9-9C41-A6EFD5F2E187

To select quick settings from the Notification panel

4

To rearrange the Quick settings panel

GUID

Title

GUID-314B5A49-82DF-4F55-B4D7-CD94D0604854

To rearrange the quick settings from the Notification panel

Version 4

1

Using two fingers, drag the status bar downwards, then tap

Edit.

2

Touch and hold beside a quick setting, then move it to the desired position.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-314B5A49-82DF-4F55-B4D7-CD94D0604854

To rearrange the quick settings from the Notification panel

4

Sound, ringtone and volume

GUID

Title

GUID-CB97D4A5-DF35-4A81-90AF-1F2624D27910

Sound ringtone and volume

49


Version 1

You can adjust the ringtone volume for incoming calls and notifications as well as for music and video playback. You can also set your device to silent mode so that it doesn't ring when you're in a meeting.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CB97D4A5-DF35-4A81-90AF-1F2624D27910

Sound ringtone and volume

1

To adjust the ringtone volume with the volume key

GUID

Title

GUID-56F76480-7BEC-4AEA-A7A0-D5C62695A7F4


Version 3

•

Press the volume key up or down.

GUID GUID-56F76480-7BEC-4AEA-A7A0-D5C62695A7F4

Title

Version


3

To adjust the media playing volume with the volume key

GUID GUID-B0DBCBEE-A5CE-42D1-A138-9B6E57FA84B9

Title

Version

To adjust the media playing volume with the volume keys

1

•

When playing music or watching video, press the volume key up or down.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B0DBCBEE-A5CE-42D1-A138-9B6E57FA84B9

To adjust the media playing volume with the volume keys

1

To set your device to vibrate mode

GUID

Title

GUID-3030B405-90E5-45F2-A0F7-30F1B3C9937D

To set the phone to vibrate mode

Version 4

•

Press the volume key down until appears in the status bar.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3030B405-90E5-45F2-A0F7-30F1B3C9937D

To set the phone to vibrate mode

4

To set your device to silent mode

GUID

Title

GUID-DFB6F5BB-15B2-49A2-B023-828A4852DD0A

To set the phone to silent and vibrating mode

Version 14

1

Press the volume key down until the device vibrates and appears in the status bar.

2

Press the volume key down again. appears in the status bar.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DFB6F5BB-15B2-49A2-B023-828A4852DD0A

To set the phone to silent and vibrating mode

14

To set your device to vibrate and ring mode

GUID

Title

GUID-238E06D2-6988-439A-8711-90ED73016194

To set the phone to vibrate and ring mode

Version 2

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Sound.

3

Mark the

Vibrate when ringing checkbox.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-238E06D2-6988-439A-8711-90ED73016194

To set the phone to vibrate and ring mode

2

To set a ringtone

GUID GUID-2EB51A75-25CA-45E2-8D75-C0A2C484EC07

Title

Version

To set a phone ringtone

9

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Sound > Phone ringtone.

3

Select a ringtone.

4

Tap

Done.

GUID

Title

GUID-2EB51A75-25CA-45E2-8D75-C0A2C484EC07

To set a phone ringtone

50


Version 9

To select the notification sound

GUID

Title

GUID-2DC47BDA-6F13-480C-A3C6-10F11ADDE021

To select a notification ringtone

Version 10

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Sound > Notification sound.

3

Select the sound to be played when notifications arrive.

4

Tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2DC47BDA-6F13-480C-A3C6-10F11ADDE021

To select a notification ringtone

10

To enable touch tones

GUID

Title

GUID-8D4FF0B8-3A81-46F0-AE74-031B501F394E


Version 7

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Sound.

3

Mark the

Dialpad touch tones and Touch sounds checkboxes.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8D4FF0B8-3A81-46F0-AE74-031B501F394E


7

SIM card protection

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-ABAFC2D8-055E-4E92-87A7-DB201A033D00

SIM card protection

8

You can lock and unlock each SIM card that you use in your device with a PIN

(Personal Identity Number). When a SIM card is locked, the subscription linked to the card is protected against misuse, meaning that you have to enter a PIN every time you start your device.

If you enter the PIN incorrectly more times than the maximum number of attempts allowed, your SIM card will become blocked. You then need to enter your PUK

(Personal Unblocking Key) and a new PIN. Your PIN and PUK are supplied by your network operator.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-ABAFC2D8-055E-4E92-87A7-DB201A033D00

SIM card protection

8

To lock or unlock a SIM card

GUID

Title

GUID-5356FA5C-1394-42B5-925F-6D2EF991D4D7


Version 7.1.1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Security > Set up SIM card lock.

3

Mark or unmark the

Lock SIM card checkbox.

4

Enter the SIM card PIN and tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5356FA5C-1394-42B5-925F-6D2EF991D4D7


7.1.1

To change the SIM card PIN

GUID

Title

GUID-66762638-590B-495A-98A3-1FB8ED5F6955


Version 5

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Security > Set up SIM card lock.

3

Tap

Change SIM PIN.

4

Enter the old SIM card PIN and tap

OK.

5

Enter the new SIM card PIN and tap

OK.

6

Re-type the new SIM card PIN and tap

OK.

GUID GUID-66762638-590B-495A-98A3-1FB8ED5F6955

51


Title

Version


5

To unlock a blocked SIM card using the PUK code

GUID

Title

GUID-6654AA24-3864-4B15-A219-FC7C1CC95986

To unlock a locked SIM card

Version 11

1

Enter the PUK code and tap .

2

Enter a new PIN code and tap .

3

Re-enter the new PIN code and tap .

If you enter an incorrect PUK code too many times, you need to contact your network operator to get a new SIM card.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6654AA24-3864-4B15-A219-FC7C1CC95986

To unlock a locked SIM card

11

Screen settings

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-EF960369-662D-46B3-9190-3ACD92FFE448

Screen settings - heading

2.2.1

GUID-EF960369-662D-46B3-9190-3ACD92FFE448

Screen settings - heading

2.2.1

To adjust the screen brightness

GUID

Title

GUID-6B929979-C7E3-45FB-85E0-C4A4BB05388A


Version 11

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Display > Brightness.

3

Unmark the

Adapt to lighting conditions checkbox if it is marked.

4

Drag the slider to adjust the brightness.

Lowering the brightness level increases battery performance.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6B929979-C7E3-45FB-85E0-C4A4BB05388A


11

To set the screen to vibrate on touch

GUID GUID-C6A8795B-B37A-4FD6-8AE9-1CE841DFA98E

Title

Version

To set the screen to vibrate

7

1


2

Find and tap

Settings> Sound.

3

Mark the

Vibrate on touch checkbox. The screen now vibrates when you tap soft keys and certain applications.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C6A8795B-B37A-4FD6-8AE9-1CE841DFA98E

To set the screen to vibrate

7

To adjust the idle time before the screen turns off

GUID

Title

GUID-76BAB77B-B3AF-421C-8D41-F7F3D7CEBFA6


Version 6

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Display > Sleep.

3

Select an option.

To turn off the screen quickly, briefly press the power key .

GUID

Title

GUID-76BAB77B-B3AF-421C-8D41-F7F3D7CEBFA6


52


Version 6

Screen lock

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4547BE00-5531-4D7D-A548-729E8A0178A7

Screen lock

4

There are several ways to lock the screen. The security level of each lock type is listed below in order of weakest to strongest:

•

Swipe – no protection, but you have quick access to the Home screen

• Face Unlock – unlocks your device when you look at it

•

Unlock pattern – draw a simple pattern with your finger to unlock your device

• Unlock PIN – enter a numeric PIN of at least four digits to unlock your device

•

Unlock password – enter an alpha-numeric password to unlock your device

It is very important that you remember your screen unlock pattern, PIN or password. If you forget this information, it may not be possible to restore important data such as contacts and messages.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4547BE00-5531-4D7D-A548-729E8A0178A7

Screen lock

4

To set up the Face Unlock feature

GUID

Title

GUID-94EBF99A-4C98-44AD-81B1-620DBDD534C5

To set up the Face Unlock protection

Version 5

1


Settings > Security > Screen lock.

2

Tap

Face Unlock, then follow the instructions in your device to capture a photo of your face.

3

After your face is successfully captured, tap

Continue.

4

Select a backup unlock method and follow the instructions in the device to complete the setup.

For best results, capture your face in an indoor area that is well lit but not too bright, and hold the device at eye level.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-94EBF99A-4C98-44AD-81B1-620DBDD534C5

To set up the Face Unlock protection

5

To unlock the screen using the Face Unlock feature

GUID GUID-9D3616A6-A462-45ED-BFDC-26D20002A3CB

Title

Version

1

Activate the screen.

2

Look at your device from the same angle you used to capture your Face

Unlock photo.


3

If the Face Unlock feature fails to recognise your face, you must use the backup unlock method to unlock the screen.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9D3616A6-A462-45ED-BFDC-26D20002A3CB


3

To create a screen lock pattern

GUID

Title

GUID-346DE791-CADA-4BF1-A919-5CAC0817272A

To create a screen unlock pattern

Version 8.2.1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Security > Screen lock > Pattern.

3

Follow the instructions in your device.

If the unlock pattern you draw on the screen is rejected five times in a row, you can select to either wait 30 seconds and then try again, or, if you have a Google account set up on your device, enter your account information (password and username) to unlock the device.

GUID GUID-346DE791-CADA-4BF1-A919-5CAC0817272A

53


Title

Version

To create a screen unlock pattern

8.2.1

To change the screen lock pattern

GUID

Title

GUID-4D9F9FE9-FB5F-4CE2-A6B2-FFEC5389E3C3

To change the screen unlock pattern

Version 8

1


2

Find and tap

Settings> Security > Screen lock.

3

Draw your screen unlock pattern.

4

Tap

Pattern and follow the instructions in your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4D9F9FE9-FB5F-4CE2-A6B2-FFEC5389E3C3

To change the screen unlock pattern

8

To create a screen unlock PIN

GUID GUID-BDD43B55-3A1E-4985-9722-9214A515C52B

Title

Version

To create a screen lock PIN

3

1


Settings > Security > Screen lock > PIN.

2

Enter a numeric PIN.

3

If necessary, tap to minimise the keyboard.

4

Tap

Continue.

5

Re-enter and confirm your PIN.

6


7

Tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BDD43B55-3A1E-4985-9722-9214A515C52B

To create a screen lock PIN

3

To create a screen lock password

GUID GUID-CC50D2CE-E557-4CAE-AEF5-5372F02B7D39

Title

Version


3

1


Settings > Security > Screen lock >

Password.

2

Enter a password.

3


4

Tap

Continue.

5

Re-enter and confirm your password.

6


7

Tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CC50D2CE-E557-4CAE-AEF5-5372F02B7D39


3

To change screen lock type

GUID

Title

GUID-0774BB02-CDDD-427C-A960-B0C33C84726F

To change to another screen lock

Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Security > Screen lock.

3

Follow the instructions in your device and select another screen lock type.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0774BB02-CDDD-427C-A960-B0C33C84726F

To change to another screen lock

1

Language settings

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E1D54EB1-8E02-4EA8-B64D-F1D56D4EF18B

Phone language

3

You can select a default language for your device and change it again at a later time.

You can also change the writing language for text input. See

Personalising the Xperia keyboard on page 61.

54


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E1D54EB1-8E02-4EA8-B64D-F1D56D4EF18B

Phone language

3

To change the language

GUID

Title

GUID-78FDB03D-5A9A-4DD3-B1EB-554524E573A7


Version 11

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Language & input > Language.

3

Select an option.

4

Tap

OK.

If you select the wrong language and cannot read the menu texts, find and tap . Then select the text beside and select the first entry in the menu that opens. You can then select the language you want.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-78FDB03D-5A9A-4DD3-B1EB-554524E573A7


11

Date and time

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D9FE3D48-1528-4315-BFF7-BFB227CAB4C0

Time and date

3

You can change the date and time on your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D9FE3D48-1528-4315-BFF7-BFB227CAB4C0

Time and date

3

To set the date manually

GUID

Title

GUID-813CD57B-7A26-4E14-BBED-243BEC6F048F


Version 8

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Date & time.

3

Unmark the

Automatic date & time checkbox, if it is marked.

4

Tap

Set date.

5

Adjust the date by scrolling up and down.

6

Tap

Set.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-813CD57B-7A26-4E14-BBED-243BEC6F048F


8

To set the time manually

GUID GUID-E9572FB8-BB60-4430-84D8-3F19D899681E

Title

Version


10

1


2

Find and tap


3

Unmark the

Automatic date & time checkbox if it is marked.

4

Tap

Set time.

5

Scroll up or down to adjust the hour and minute.

6

If applicable, scroll up to change

AM to PM, or vice versa.

7

Tap

Set.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E9572FB8-BB60-4430-84D8-3F19D899681E


10

To set the time zone

GUID

Title

GUID-0C804200-55DD-4779-BB20-7445141EC74C


55


Version 5

1


2

Find and tap


3

Unmark the

Automatic time zone checkbox, if it is marked.

4

Tap

Select time zone.

5

Select an option.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0C804200-55DD-4779-BB20-7445141EC74C


5

Enhancing the sound output

GUID

Title

GUID-91BE04C9-56A8-4A40-A15A-348947A469C8

Enhancing the sound quality

Version 1

You can enhance the sound output that comes from the speakers in your device using features such as Clear Phase™ and xLOUD™ technology.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-91BE04C9-56A8-4A40-A15A-348947A469C8

Enhancing the sound quality

1

Using Clear Phase™ technology

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-48A17031-9A20-4C8C-9A02-0ACA60316D37


1

Use Clear Phase™ technology from Sony to automatically adjust the sound quality coming from your device's internal speakers and get a cleaner, more natural sound.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-48A17031-9A20-4C8C-9A02-0ACA60316D37


1

To enhance the speaker sound quality using Clear Phase™

GUID

Title

GUID-DA49322A-6A65-4A9F-BCD3-C4E5F450AEDF

To enhance the sound quality of the speaker using Clear Phase™

Version 4.1.1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Sound.

3

Mark the

Clear Phase™ checkbox.

The activation of the Clear Phase™ feature has no effect on voice communication applications. For example, there is no change in the voice call sound quality.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DA49322A-6A65-4A9F-BCD3-C4E5F450AEDF

To enhance the sound quality of the speaker using Clear Phase™

4.1.1

Using xLOUD™ technology

GUID

Title

GUID-9BE06EDA-D4B0-41CC-9562-D89EBDDA4B01


Version 1

Use xLOUD™ audio filter technology from Sony to enhance the speaker volume without sacrificing quality. Get a more dynamic sound as you listen to your favourite songs.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9BE06EDA-D4B0-41CC-9562-D89EBDDA4B01


1

To enhance the speaker volume using xLOUD™

GUID

Title

GUID-DADE3E84-AFBD-453C-A218-747C2077F534

To enhance the speaker loudness using xLOUD™

56


Version 6.1.1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Sound.

3

Mark the xLOUD™ checkbox.

The activation of the xLOUD™ feature has no effect on voice communication applications. For example, there is no change in the voice call sound quality.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DADE3E84-AFBD-453C-A218-747C2077F534

To enhance the speaker loudness using xLOUD™

6.1.1

57


Typing text

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2D08D9D7-6F05-4BA6-B4D7-3B2418AEE44B

Typing text

1

GUID-2D08D9D7-6F05-4BA6-B4D7-3B2418AEE44B

Typing text

1

On-screen keyboard

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-047240C9-CBE3-4076-B626-8838F1999489

On-screen keyboard

5

You can enter text with the on-screen QWERTY keyboard by tapping each letter individually, or you can use the Gesture input feature and slide your finger from letter to letter to form words. If you prefer to use a smaller version of the on-screen keyboard and input text using only one hand, you can activate the one-handed keyboard instead.

You can select up to three languages for text input. The keyboard detects the language that you are using and predicts the words for that language as you type.

Some applications open the on-screen keyboard automatically, for example, email and text messaging applications.

1 Delete a character before the cursor.

2 Enter a carriage return or confirm text input.

3 Enter a space.

4 Personalise your keyboard. This key disappears after the keyboard is personalised.

5 Display numbers and symbols. For even more symbols, tap .

6 Switch between lower-case , upper-case and caps . For some languages, this key is used to access extra characters in the language.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-047240C9-CBE3-4076-B626-8838F1999489

On-screen keyboard

5

To display the on-screen keyboard to enter text

GUID

Title

GUID-D53410B6-16DD-4BE2-8862-B460B3A8643F

To display the keypad/keyboard to enter text

Version 5

•

Tap a text entry field.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D53410B6-16DD-4BE2-8862-B460B3A8643F

To display the keypad/keyboard to enter text

5

To use the on-screen keyboard in landscape orientation

GUID

Title

GUID-E3D818B3-9DFF-4DDC-B279-5CD46A966698

To use the on-screen keyboard/keypad in landscape orientation

Version 6

•

When the on-screen keyboard is displayed, turn the device sideways.

You may need to adjust the settings in some applications to enable landscape orientation.

GUID

Title

GUID-E3D818B3-9DFF-4DDC-B279-5CD46A966698

To use the on-screen keyboard/keypad in landscape orientation

58


Version 6

To enter text character by character

GUID

Title

GUID-AD062D73-DE09-468F-8DCB-3F17D5A83CE9


Version 5

1

To enter a character visible on the keyboard, tap the character.

2

To enter a character variant, touch and hold a regular keyboard character to get a list of available options, then select from the list. For example, to enter

"é", touch and hold "e" until other options appear, then, while keeping your finger pressed on the keyboard, drag to and select "é".

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AD062D73-DE09-468F-8DCB-3F17D5A83CE9


5

To enter a period

GUID

Title

GUID-6589FC1E-1265-4100-93E5-7006D5DD1E0E

To enter common punctuations

Version 2

•

After you enter a word, double-tap the space bar.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6589FC1E-1265-4100-93E5-7006D5DD1E0E

To enter common punctuations

2

To enter text using the Gesture input function

GUID

Title

GUID-70F1F614-D699-4D32-98AF-4E0CBE268385


Version 8

1

When the on-screen keyboard is displayed, slide your finger from letter to letter to trace the word that you want to write.

2

After you finish entering a word, lift up your finger. A word suggestion appears based on the letters that you have traced.

3

If the word that you want does not appear, tap to see other options and select accordingly. If the desired option does not appear, delete the entire word and trace it again, or enter the word by tapping each letter individually.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-70F1F614-D699-4D32-98AF-4E0CBE268385


8

To change the Gesture input settings

GUID GUID-3C41CA62-030A-483B-8C09-E1CB01CAF541

Title

Version


7

1

When the on-screen keyboard is displayed, tap .

2

Tap , then tap

Keyboard settings > Text input settings.

3

To activate or deactivate the Gesture input function, mark or unmark the

Gesture input checkbox.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3C41CA62-030A-483B-8C09-E1CB01CAF541


7

To use the one-handed keyboard

GUID

Title

GUID-558F1EC7-2F06-4BD7-A75E-339CE78060BA


Version 1

1

Open the on-screen keyboard in portrait mode, then tap .

2

Tap , then tap

One-handed keyboard.

3

To move the one-handed keyboard to the left side or right side of the screen, tap or accordingly.

To return to using the full on-screen keyboard, tap .

GUID

Title

GUID-558F1EC7-2F06-4BD7-A75E-339CE78060BA


59


Version 1

Entering text using voice input

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3948A877-17B6-4759-9BFC-0EFCA283BC8B


2

When you enter text, you can use the voice input function instead of typing the words. Just speak the words that you want to enter. Voice input is an experimental technology from Google™, and is available for a number of languages and regions.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3948A877-17B6-4759-9BFC-0EFCA283BC8B


2

To enable voice input

GUID

Title

GUID-60824615-DA86-4535-89BA-E47AAEC235A1


Version 6

1

When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard, tap .

2

Tap , then tap

Keyboard settings.

3

Mark the

Google voice typing key checkbox.

4

Tap to save your settings. A microphone icon appears on your on-screen keyboard.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-60824615-DA86-4535-89BA-E47AAEC235A1


6

To enter text using voice input

GUID

Title

GUID-4D762661-CFA9-4D74-9134-B58D18FEECFC


Version 9

1

Open the on-screen keyboard.

2

Tap . When appears, speak to enter text.

3

When you're finished, tap again. The suggested text appears.

4

Edit the text manually if necessary.

To make the keyboard appear and enter text manually, tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4D762661-CFA9-4D74-9134-B58D18FEECFC


9

Editing text

GUID

Title

GUID-08C26779-CD77-4F3E-A3F7-B43BA97FD4CA

Editing text

Version 2

You can select, cut, copy and paste text as you write. You can access the editing tools by double-tapping the entered The editing tools then become available via an application bar.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-08C26779-CD77-4F3E-A3F7-B43BA97FD4CA

Editing text

2

Application bar

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3773B154-CF41-471F-9469-DC7CD5560CCB

Application bar

4

1 Close the application bar

60


4

5

2

3

Select all text

Cut text

Copy text

Paste text

GUID

Title

Version

only appears when you have text saved on the clipboard.

GUID-3773B154-CF41-471F-9469-DC7CD5560CCB

Application bar

4

To select text

GUID GUID-AE2DF08C-CE44-4038-A35A-347DBD2C5903

Title

Version

To select text

4

1

Enter some text, then double-tap the text. The word you tap gets highlighted by tabs on both sides.

2

Drag the tabs left or right to select more text.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AE2DF08C-CE44-4038-A35A-347DBD2C5903

To select text

4

To edit text

GUID

Title

GUID-36E134EC-7F3C-492F-AF1B-63ECBEF26B4F

To edit text

Version 2

1

Enter some text, then double-tap the entered text to make the application bar appear.

2

Select the text that you want to edit, then use the tools in the application bar to make your desired changes.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-36E134EC-7F3C-492F-AF1B-63ECBEF26B4F

To edit text

2

Personalising the Xperia keyboard

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3F81FB45-0DDC-4DE9-A7C4-8028057256A6


6

When entering text using the on-screen keyboard, you can access keyboard and other text input settings that help you, for example, to set options for writing languages, text prediction and correction, automatic spacing, and quick full stops.

The keyboard can use data from messaging and other applications to learn your writing style. There is also a Personalisation guide that runs you through the most basic settings, to get you started quickly.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3F81FB45-0DDC-4DE9-A7C4-8028057256A6


6

To access the on-screen keyboard settings

GUID

Title

GUID-5AA8DA1C-44F4-4634-AF38-A2945CA7C238

To access the on-screen keyboard and Phonepad settings

Version 8

1


2

Tap , then tap

Keyboard settings and change the settings as desired.

3

To add a writing language for text input, tap

Writing languages and mark the relevant checkboxes.

4

Tap

OK to confirm.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5AA8DA1C-44F4-4634-AF38-A2945CA7C238

To access the on-screen keyboard and Phonepad settings

8

To change the text input settings

GUID GUID-B505E8A0-AD82-4568-90AD-EC857B2CCDB0

61


Title To change text input settings

Version 7

1


2

Tap , then tap

Keyboard settings > Text input settings and select the relevant settings.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B505E8A0-AD82-4568-90AD-EC857B2CCDB0

To change text input settings

7

To display the Smiley key

GUID GUID-C98E9FE9-00C1-44D5-A3D8-8EFF768DE52D

Title

Version

To display the smiley key

2

1


2

Tap , then tap

Keyboard settings > Symbols and smileys.

3

Mark the

Smiley key checkbox.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C98E9FE9-00C1-44D5-A3D8-8EFF768DE52D

To display the smiley key

2

To use your writing style

GUID

Title

GUID-186C09EA-1D45-4216-99CF-E198D7EDD715

To use my writing style

Version 3

1


2

Tap , then tap

Keyboard settings > Use my writing style and select a source.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-186C09EA-1D45-4216-99CF-E198D7EDD715

To use my writing style

3

To select a keyboard layout variant

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A898BF95-1C76-437A-8507-625A455BCF25


3

Layout variants are only available for the on-screen keyboard when you select two or three writing languages and may not be available in all writing languages.

1


2

Tap , then tap

Keyboard settings.

3

Tap

Writing languages, then tap .

4

Select a keyboard layout variant.

5

Tap

OK to confirm.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A898BF95-1C76-437A-8507-625A455BCF25


3

62


Calling

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-71EA3573-EAE2-4B15-A2CF-DCED46EE7587

Calling

4

GUID-71EA3573-EAE2-4B15-A2CF-DCED46EE7587

Calling

4

Making calls

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-73E2425E-2DE6-4B9F-BC0A-F9473A8208B4

Making calls

9

GUID-73E2425E-2DE6-4B9F-BC0A-F9473A8208B4

Making calls

9

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-821FBFD1-3127-496A-8FAC-D14A78507AF6

Making calls overview

4.1.1

You can make a call by manually dialling a phone number, by tapping a number saved in your contacts list, or by tapping the phone number in your call log view. You can also use the smart dial feature to quickly find numbers from your contacts list and call logs. To make a video call, you can use the Hangouts™ instant messaging and video chat application on your device. See

Instant messaging and video chat on page 88.

7

8

5

6

9

1

2

3

4

Open your contacts list

View your call log entries

View your favourite contacts

View all contact groups saved to your device

Delete number

Dialpad

View more options

Call button

Hide or show the dialer

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-821FBFD1-3127-496A-8FAC-D14A78507AF6

Making calls overview

4.1.1

To make a call by dialling

GUID GUID-4FE375CD-48B9-4D81-8DA9-730361EE3AEC

63


Title To make a call

Version 6.2.1

1


2

Find and tap

Phone.

3

Enter the number of the recipient and tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4FE375CD-48B9-4D81-8DA9-730361EE3AEC

To make a call

6.2.1

To make a call using smart dial

GUID GUID-7A25E697-13EE-481C-89D0-229396708D57

Title

Version


1

1


2

Find and tap

Phone.

3

Use the dialpad to enter letters or numbers that correspond to the contact you want to call. As you enter each letter or number, a list of possible matches appears.

4

Tap the contact you want to call.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7A25E697-13EE-481C-89D0-229396708D57


1

To make an international call

GUID

Title

GUID-AFD0943A-BF5A-4F5D-8FF0-0A30C3B98669


Version 8

1


2

Find and tap

Phone.

3

Touch and hold 0 until a “+” sign appears.

4

Enter the country code, area code (without the initial zeros) and phone number, then tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AFD0943A-BF5A-4F5D-8FF0-0A30C3B98669


8

To add a direct dial number to your Home screen

GUID

Title

GUID-AD9DBDC0-D399-4583-A0F3-2476E6144B3C


Version 1

1

Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates and the customisation menu appears.

2

In the customisation menu, tap

Apps > Shortcuts.

3

Scroll through the list of applications and select

Direct dial.

4

Select the contact and the number that you want to use as the direct dial number.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AD9DBDC0-D399-4583-A0F3-2476E6144B3C


1

Showing or hiding your phone number

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-32174486-684C-45E8-9877-5C21C6024A57


3

You can select to show or hide your phone number on call recipients' devices when you call them.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-32174486-684C-45E8-9877-5C21C6024A57


3

To show or hide your phone number

GUID

Title

GUID-A0B707E1-2F16-4FCC-8188-E5DEC180AF5C


Version 9

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Call settings > Additional settings > Caller ID.

64


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A0B707E1-2F16-4FCC-8188-E5DEC180AF5C


9

Receiving calls

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2FBB5751-AFD8-4658-B22A-12B4ACC2674F

Receiving calls

1

GUID-2FBB5751-AFD8-4658-B22A-12B4ACC2674F

Receiving calls

1

To answer a call

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5FA70FFB-99A3-4A5A-90A4-6E57EEA66202

To answer a call

11

GUID

Title

Version

To decline a call

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5FA70FFB-99A3-4A5A-90A4-6E57EEA66202

To answer a call

11

GUID-7AF49627-A544-405D-B3FB-EC04DAC2767E

To decline a call

5

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7AF49627-A544-405D-B3FB-EC04DAC2767E

To decline a call

5

To mute the ringtone for an incoming call

GUID

Title

GUID-166E8451-D0EE-4A20-8D11-A7DC0BBA7027


Version 1

•

When you receive the call, press the volume key.

GUID GUID-166E8451-D0EE-4A20-8D11-A7DC0BBA7027

Title

Version


1

Using the answering machine

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-63F5A56E-0C5B-4963-9039-A30D1BC104D4


1

You can use the answering machine application in your device to answer calls when you are busy or miss a call. You can enable the automatic answering function and determine how many seconds to wait before the calls get answered automatically.

You can also manually route calls to the answering machine when you are too busy to answer them. And you can access messages left on your answering machine directly from your device.

Before using the answering machine, you must record a greeting message.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-63F5A56E-0C5B-4963-9039-A30D1BC104D4


1

To reject a call with the answering machine

GUID

Title

GUID-BE233B64-809D-4A2C-9463-9ADA56BC45E5


Version 2

•

When an incoming call arrives, drag

Response options upwards, then select

Reject with Answering Machine.

GUID

Title

GUID-BE233B64-809D-4A2C-9463-9ADA56BC45E5


65


Version 2

To record a greeting message for the answering machine

GUID

Title

GUID-531D54B5-F66D-453A-A741-446635115525


Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Call settings > Answering Machine > Greetings.

3

Tap

Record new greeting and follow the on-screen instructions.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-531D54B5-F66D-453A-A741-446635115525


1

To enable automatic answering

GUID

Title

GUID-85F33CE5-FADA-44B4-8EF0-54255B76189C


Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Call settings > Answering Machine.

3

Mark the

Answering Machine checkbox.

If you don't set a time delay for the automatic answering of calls, the default value is used.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-85F33CE5-FADA-44B4-8EF0-54255B76189C


1

To set a time delay for automatic answering

GUID

Title

GUID-56C1DF71-4A8C-4F95-BC49-0BBB85314559


Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Call settings > Answering Machine.

3

Tap

Pick up after.

4

Adjust the time by scrolling up and down.

5

Tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-56C1DF71-4A8C-4F95-BC49-0BBB85314559


1

To listen to messages on the answering machine

GUID

Title

GUID-8E4BF0F5-B13E-4C30-8875-C605BCA41428


Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Call settings > Answering Machine > Messages.

3

Select the voice message that you want to listen to.

You can also listen to answering machine messages directly from the call log by tapping .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8E4BF0F5-B13E-4C30-8875-C605BCA41428


1

Rejecting a call with a text message

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-07BBFB8F-49E0-4484-B2DC-E4BCD9CD758F

Rejecting a call with a message

4

You can reject a call with a text message. When you reject a call with such a message, the message is automatically sent to the caller and stored in the Messaging conversation with the contact.

You can select from a number of predefined messages available on your device, or you can create a new message. You can also create you own personalised messages by editing the predefined ones.

GUID

Title

GUID-07BBFB8F-49E0-4484-B2DC-E4BCD9CD758F

Rejecting a call with a message

66


Version 4

To reject a call with a text message

GUID

Title

GUID-CAB1C7B1-044E-4072-BBAF-709C1E0FD0C3

To reject a call with a message

Version 2.1.1

1

When an incoming call arrives, drag

Response options upwards, then tap

Reject with message.

2

Select a predefined message or tap and write a new message.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CAB1C7B1-044E-4072-BBAF-709C1E0FD0C3

To reject a call with a message

2.1.1

To reject a second call with a text message

GUID

Title

GUID-C7B2AAC2-90FE-4C43-A847-EDD862442B84

To reject a second call with a message

Version 3.1.1

1

When you hear repeated beeps during a call, drag

Response options upwards, then tap

Reject with message.

2

Select a predefined message or tap and write a new message.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C7B2AAC2-90FE-4C43-A847-EDD862442B84

To reject a second call with a message

3.1.1

To edit the text message used to reject a call

GUID GUID-BD89ACAE-CE3B-4176-9AB1-961828375848

Title

Version

To edit the message used to reject a call

6

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Call settings > Reject call with message.

3

Tap the message that you want to edit, then make the necessary changes.

4

Tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BD89ACAE-CE3B-4176-9AB1-961828375848

To edit the message used to reject a call

6

Ongoing calls

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D912EDDE-EAC1-4B36-BC45-CC568D8E32AC

Ongoing calls

2

GUID-D912EDDE-EAC1-4B36-BC45-CC568D8E32AC

Ongoing calls

2

GUID-32D508A4-531B-4CD1-AF11-ACF619584DA0

Ongoing calls overview

2.1.1

1

2

3

Open your contacts list

Turn on the loudspeaker during a call

Put the current call on hold or retrieve the call

67


4

5

6

Enter numbers during a call

Mute the microphone during a call

End a call

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-32D508A4-531B-4CD1-AF11-ACF619584DA0

Ongoing calls overview

2.1.1

To change the ear speaker volume during a call

GUID

Title

GUID-E0A64910-7B0A-4319-8169-9E7E9630ED50


Version 1

•

Press the volume key up or down.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E0A64910-7B0A-4319-8169-9E7E9630ED50


1

GUID

Title

To activate the screen during a call

GUID-9CB25B9D-B1B8-4A2C-B6B7-76163D97AB11


4 Version

•

Briefly press .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9CB25B9D-B1B8-4A2C-B6B7-76163D97AB11


4

Using the call log

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-40E5841D-C7A4-4B25-AC8D-3531B9D52AFC

Using the call log

4

In the call log, you can view missed calls , received calls and dialled calls .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-40E5841D-C7A4-4B25-AC8D-3531B9D52AFC

Using the call log

4

To view your missed calls

GUID

Title

GUID-590BA208-6CD8-42C2-9D38-C05755E3917B

To view missed calls

Version 7

1

When you have missed a call, appears in the status bar. Drag the status bar downwards.

2

Tap

Missed call.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-590BA208-6CD8-42C2-9D38-C05755E3917B

To view missed calls

7

To call a number from your call log

GUID

Title

GUID-06B252C0-D4D0-476C-ABA4-5D809E1F1615

To call a number from the call log

Version 8

1


2

Find and tap

Phone.The call log view appears on the upper part of the screen.

3

To call a number directly, tap the number. To edit a number before calling, touch and hold the number, then tap

Edit number before call.

You can also call a number by tapping >

Call back.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-06B252C0-D4D0-476C-ABA4-5D809E1F1615

To call a number from the call log

8

To add a number from the call log to your contacts

GUID

Title

GUID-3511CFE2-B8CC-4CF9-93AC-53529E89BC56


68


Version 7

1


2

Find and tap

Phone.The call log view appears on the upper part of the screen.

3

Touch and hold the number, then tap

Add to Contacts.

4

Tap the desired contact, or tap

Create new contact.

5

Edit the contact details and tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3511CFE2-B8CC-4CF9-93AC-53529E89BC56


7

To hide the call log

GUID

Title

GUID-FCA0E15C-ECED-4570-BD27-7DA879BF4AB3


Version 3

1


2

Find and tap

Phone.

3

Tap >

Hide call log.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FCA0E15C-ECED-4570-BD27-7DA879BF4AB3


3

Forwarding calls

GUID

Title

GUID-E1430643-8DEE-443C-8FD5-6DF310320AD0

Forwarding calls

Version 1

You can forward calls, for example, to another phone number, or to an answering service.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E1430643-8DEE-443C-8FD5-6DF310320AD0

Forwarding calls

1

To forward calls

GUID GUID-24FD3201-10EA-418F-9B73-240458B3EEC2

Title

Version

To forward calls

7

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Call settings.

3

Tap

Call Forwarding and select an option.

4

Enter the number to which you want to forward calls, then tap

Enable.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-24FD3201-10EA-418F-9B73-240458B3EEC2

To forward calls

7

To turn off call forwarding

GUID GUID-89805283-2629-4D50-B89E-914E3EE2BCEA

Title

Version


7

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Call settings > Call Forwarding.

3

Select an option, then tap

Disable.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-89805283-2629-4D50-B89E-914E3EE2BCEA


7

Restricting calls

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9ACC22D6-DCD8-4781-B9BE-BEE97E4A7477

Restricting calls

3

You can block all or certain categories of incoming and outgoing calls. If you have received a PIN2 code from your service provider, you can also use a list of Fixed

Dialling Numbers (FDNs) to restrict outgoing calls. If you want to block a certain number, visit and download applications from Google Play™ which support this function.

69


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9ACC22D6-DCD8-4781-B9BE-BEE97E4A7477

Restricting calls

3

To block incoming or outgoing calls

GUID

Title

GUID-7004AA90-417E-4304-85B9-6EB502561939


Version 4

1


2

Find and tap


3

Tap

Call blocking, and select an option.

4

Enter the password and tap

Enable.

When you set up call blocking for the first time, you need to enter a password to activate the call blocking function. You must use this same password later if you want to edit call blocking settings.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7004AA90-417E-4304-85B9-6EB502561939


4

To enable or disable fixed dialling

GUID

Title

GUID-FCE85A8E-BBDA-4A95-9B47-320B4293A4AB

To enable or disable fixed dialing

Version 4

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Call settings > Fixed dialing numbers.

3

Tap

Activate fixed dialing or Deactivate fixed dialing.

4

Enter your PIN2 and tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FCE85A8E-BBDA-4A95-9B47-320B4293A4AB

To enable or disable fixed dialing

4

To access the list of accepted call recipients

GUID

Title

GUID-9D6DE3C9-13A8-4BEE-B25F-E0B467FF8F29

To add a number to the list of Fixed Dialing Numbers

Version 5

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Call settings > Fixed dialing numbers > Fixed dialing numbers.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9D6DE3C9-13A8-4BEE-B25F-E0B467FF8F29

To add a number to the list of Fixed Dialing Numbers

5

To change the SIM card PIN2

GUID GUID-8A252C68-D2E2-4CC7-B5F0-47D151159933

Title

Version


5.1.2

1


2

Find and tap


3

Tap

Fixed dialing numbers > Change PIN2.

4

Enter the old SIM card PIN2 and tap

OK.

5

Enter the new SIM card PIN2 and tap

OK.

6

Confirm the new PIN2 and tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8A252C68-D2E2-4CC7-B5F0-47D151159933


5.1.2

Multiple calls

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BFBB9A5A-25E5-4E72-9841-247169DEEB7A

Multiple calls

2

If you have activated call waiting, you can handle multiple calls at the same time.

When it is activated, you will be notified by a beep if you receive another call.

GUID

Title

GUID-BFBB9A5A-25E5-4E72-9841-247169DEEB7A

Multiple calls

70


Version 2

To activate or deactivate call waiting

GUID

Title

GUID-1A9F7171-AD1D-443F-B906-7C346F87C151


Version 6

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Call settings > Additional settings.

3

To activate or deactivate call waiting, tap

Call waiting.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1A9F7171-AD1D-443F-B906-7C346F87C151


6

To answer a second call and put the ongoing call on hold

GUID

Title

GUID-7C422C9D-1720-407E-A0C8-6D8B8EB6B19F


Version 6

•

When you hear repeated beeps during a call, drag to the right.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7C422C9D-1720-407E-A0C8-6D8B8EB6B19F


6

To reject a second call

GUID

Title

GUID-20A61740-AB60-4D3D-BBF6-8191B6FEC058


Version 5

•

When you hear repeated beeps during a call, drag to the left.

GUID GUID-20A61740-AB60-4D3D-BBF6-8191B6FEC058

Title

Version


5

To make a second call

GUID

Title

GUID-0CE0A4D3-CA04-4D27-B17F-8973082C4EF3


Version 10

1

During an ongoing call, tap .

2

Enter the number of the recipient and tap . The first call is put on hold.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0CE0A4D3-CA04-4D27-B17F-8973082C4EF3


10

To switch between multiple calls

GUID

Title

GUID-1309D844-C17A-4A36-8E37-26A09CD358A2


Version 5

•

To switch to another call and put the current call on hold, tap

Switch to this call.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1309D844-C17A-4A36-8E37-26A09CD358A2


5

Conference calls

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-ED3A4BD7-2AAD-4A22-9486-AFBF100F1F0F

Conference calls

4

With a conference or multiparty call, you can have a joint conversation with two or more persons.

For details about the number of participants that you can add to a conference call, contact your network operator.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-ED3A4BD7-2AAD-4A22-9486-AFBF100F1F0F

Conference calls

4

To make a conference call

GUID

Title

GUID-29B1365F-B898-4DD3-A624-19FFCDE9FC4B


71


Version 10

1

During an ongoing call, tap .

2

Dial the number of the second participant and tap . The first participant is put on hold.

3

Tap to add the second participant to the conference call.

4

Repeat steps 1 to 3 to add more call participants.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-29B1365F-B898-4DD3-A624-19FFCDE9FC4B


10

To have a private conversation with a conference call participant

GUID

Title

GUID-7FEE24C8-B5B3-4172-8A13-343441E63304

To have a private conversation with a participant

Version 8

1

During an ongoing conference call, tap

{0} participants.

2

Tap the telephone number of the participant with whom you want to talk privately.

3

To end the private conversation and return to the conference call, tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7FEE24C8-B5B3-4172-8A13-343441E63304

To have a private conversation with a participant

8

To release a participant from a conference call

GUID GUID-317CBA11-E778-4F0B-B2F6-16BE76B17DAE

Title

Version

To release a participant

4

1

During an ongoing conference call, tap the button showing the number of participants. For example, tap

3 participants if there are three participants.

2

Tap next to the participant you want to release.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-317CBA11-E778-4F0B-B2F6-16BE76B17DAE

To release a participant

4

To end a conference call

GUID

Title

GUID-B7DE81B4-2DAB-4D55-9A3B-EAACC2C86A9F


Version 4

•

During the conference call, tap

End conference call.

GUID GUID-B7DE81B4-2DAB-4D55-9A3B-EAACC2C86A9F

Title

Version


4

Voicemail

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C0B45CA8-3035-4A41-AF12-46F45200B8AA

Voicemail

5

If your subscription includes a voicemail service, callers can leave voice messages for you when you can't answer calls. Your voicemail service number is normally saved on your SIM card. If not, you can get the number from your service provider and enter it manually.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C0B45CA8-3035-4A41-AF12-46F45200B8AA

Voicemail

5

To set up voicemail

GUID

Title

GUID-C89C34FD-27BE-4E69-A928-F67A90805CC9

To enter your voicemail number

Version 9

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Call settings > Voicemail > Voicemail settings >

Voicemail number.

3

Enter your voicemail number.

4

Tap

OK.

GUID

Title

GUID-C89C34FD-27BE-4E69-A928-F67A90805CC9

To enter your voicemail number

72


Version 9

To call your voicemail service

GUID

Title

GUID-0C8C71F8-F089-4C9F-8CB4-AF024258D381


Version 7

1


2

Find and tap

Phone.

3

Touch and hold

1

.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0C8C71F8-F089-4C9F-8CB4-AF024258D381


7

Emergency calls

GUID

Title

GUID-95D14376-6C16-4B4E-9B0D-8F78EFF123E6

Emergency calls

Version 7

Your device supports international emergency numbers, for example, 112 or 911.

You can normally use these numbers to make emergency calls in any country, with or without a SIM card inserted if you are within range of a network.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-95D14376-6C16-4B4E-9B0D-8F78EFF123E6

Emergency calls

7

To make an emergency call

GUID GUID-1C4DC7B4-8DD8-4046-82B6-4DB57A2FBB93

Title

Version


8

1


2

Find and Tap

Phone.

3

Enter the emergency number and tap . To delete a number, tap .

You can make emergency calls when no SIM card is inserted or when outgoing calls are barred.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1C4DC7B4-8DD8-4046-82B6-4DB57A2FBB93


8

To make an emergency call while the SIM card is locked

GUID

Title

GUID-D5A8FEA8-E9B6-4234-8D05-ADDA04F5BC2B


Version 4

1

From the lock screen, tap

Emergency call.

2

Enter the emergency number and tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D5A8FEA8-E9B6-4234-8D05-ADDA04F5BC2B


4

73


Contacts

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-116B5259-4FA2-46CC-A2EB-6B8073E1EDAD

Contacts

1

GUID-116B5259-4FA2-46CC-A2EB-6B8073E1EDAD

Contacts

1

Transferring contacts

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F9BEA5C1-B141-4A82-B183-F98ABFE273DC


1

There are several ways to transfer contacts to your new device. Find out more about choosing a transfer method at www.sonymobile.com/support.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F9BEA5C1-B141-4A82-B183-F98ABFE273DC


1

Transferring contacts using a computer

GUID

Title

GUID-17066920-D7B2-4CB7-A928-F0D8DA98DC86


Version 5

Xperia™ Transfer is an application within the PC Companion and the Sony Bridge for

Mac computer programs that helps you to collect contacts from your old device and transfer them to your new device. Xperia™ Transfer supports several device brands, including iPhone, Samsung, HTC, BlackBerry, LG, and Nokia.

You need:

•

An Internet-connected computer.

•

A USB cable for your old device.

•

A USB cable for your new Android™ device.

•

Your old device.

•

Your new Android™ device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-17066920-D7B2-4CB7-A928-F0D8DA98DC86


5

To transfer contacts to your new device using a computer

GUID

Title

GUID-D858AC40-94E6-487D-8386-F0878F445861


Version 3.3.2

1

Make sure that PC Companion is installed on the PC or that Sony Bridge for

Mac is installed on the Apple

®

Mac

®

computer.

2

Open the PC Companion application or the Sony Bridge for Mac application, then click Xperia™ Transfer and follow the instructions to transfer your contacts.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D858AC40-94E6-487D-8386-F0878F445861


3.3.2

Transferring contacts using an online account

GUID

Title

GUID-1F86C395-3E83-43E9-BDDE-01573479C5BC


Version 1

If you sync the contacts in your old device or your computer with an online account, for example, Google Sync™, Facebook™ or Microsoft

®

Exchange ActiveSync

®

, you can transfer your contacts to your new device using that account.

GUID

Title

GUID-1F86C395-3E83-43E9-BDDE-01573479C5BC


74


Version 1

To synchronise contacts to your new device using a synchronisation account

GUID

Title

GUID-6252CC57-4654-44CA-8F5C-44B27DC1C425


Version 10

1

From your Home screen, tap , then tap .

2

Tap , then tap

Settings > Accounts & sync.

3

Select the account that you want to sync your contacts with, then tap >

Sync now.

You need to be signed in to the relevant sync account before you can sync your contacts with it.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6252CC57-4654-44CA-8F5C-44B27DC1C425


10

Other methods for transferring contacts

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7BDCB551-D8FF-469C-80E5-844CCA0D0F74


4

There are several other ways to transfer contacts from your old device to your new device. For example, you can copy contacts to a memory card, use Bluetooth

® technology, or save contacts to a SIM card. For more specific information about transferring the contacts from your old device, refer to the relevant User guide.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7BDCB551-D8FF-469C-80E5-844CCA0D0F74


4

To import contacts from a memory card

GUID

Title

GUID-CAFBA77B-691C-4AF1-9F60-B24534C33AA2


Version 11.1.1

1


2

Press , then tap

Import contacts > SD card.

3

Select the file that you want to import.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CAFBA77B-691C-4AF1-9F60-B24534C33AA2


11.1.1

To import contacts using Bluetooth

®

technology

GUID

Title

GUID-DD9847E7-8319-4C3A-B863-A7BD525A52B7

To import contacts using Bluetooth technology

1

Version 1.1.1

Make sure you have the Bluetooth

®

function turned on and that your device is set to visible.

2

When you are notified of an incoming file to your device, drag the status bar downwards and tap the notification to accept the file transfer.

3

Tap

Accept to start the file transfer.

4

Drag the status bar downwards. When the transfer is complete, tap the notification.

5

Tap the received file.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DD9847E7-8319-4C3A-B863-A7BD525A52B7

To import contacts using Bluetooth technology

1.1.1

To import contacts from a SIM card

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-18318225-441A-4DE5-8329-F7ED19BC1B61


14.1.1

You may lose information or get multiple contact entries if you transfer contacts using a SIM card.

75


1


2

Tap , then tap

Import contacts > SIM card.

3

To import an individual contact, find and tap the contact. To import all contacts, tap

Import all.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-18318225-441A-4DE5-8329-F7ED19BC1B61


14.1.1

Searching and viewing contacts

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E34360AF-B6B3-4A58-BE2C-C278E449070E


1

GUID-E34360AF-B6B3-4A58-BE2C-C278E449070E


1

GUID-4ED8AE21-E166-47C1-AA2A-25979AE1B1DC

Contacts screen overview

2

1 Contacts, Calling, Favourites and Groups tabs

2 Edit and view medical and emergency contact information

3 View contact details

4 Jump to contacts starting with the selected letter

5 Access communication options for the contact

6 Search for contacts

7 Add a contact

8 View more options

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4ED8AE21-E166-47C1-AA2A-25979AE1B1DC

Contacts screen overview

2

To search for a contact

GUID GUID-EB8B497D-7462-4B6E-B63F-A5AC8DE42983

Title

Version


10

1


2

Tap and enter a phone number, name or other information in the

Search contacts field. The result list is filtered as you enter each character.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-EB8B497D-7462-4B6E-B63F-A5AC8DE42983


10

To select which contacts to display in the Contacts application

GUID

Title

GUID-7A65E1EE-85E9-4A76-8BFE-9CA005A82543

To select which contacts to display

76


Version 9

1


2

Press , then tap

Filter.

3

In the list that appears, mark and unmark the desired options. If you have synchronised your contacts with a synchronisation account, that account appears in the list. To further expand the list of options, tap the account.

4

When you are finished, tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7A65E1EE-85E9-4A76-8BFE-9CA005A82543

To select which contacts to display

9

Adding and editing contacts

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D26AD4BF-CF50-4F48-A4E2-CB55941BB492


5

GUID-D26AD4BF-CF50-4F48-A4E2-CB55941BB492


5

To add a contact

GUID GUID-CE4A9D46-2505-4EAA-818C-FD7B9BDEB825

Title

Version

To add a contact

12.1.1

1


2

Tap .

3

If you have synchronised your contacts with one or more accounts and you are adding a contact for the first time, you must select the account to which you want to add this contact. Alternatively, tap

Phone contact if you only want to use and save this contact on your device.

4

Enter or select the desired information for the contact.

5


Done.

After you select a synchronisation account in step 3, that account will show as the default account offered the next time you add a contact. When you save a contact to a particular account, that account will show as the default account to save to the next time you add a contact. If you have saved a contact to a particular account and want to change it, you need to create a new contact and select a different account to save it to.

If you add a plus sign and the country code before a contact's phone number, you do not have to edit the number again when you make calls from other countries.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CE4A9D46-2505-4EAA-818C-FD7B9BDEB825

To add a contact

12.1.1

To edit a contact

GUID GUID-04C4AA81-EF48-47E7-8F7A-4EF3A3D03F4A

Title

Version

To edit a contact

8

1


2

Tap the contact that you want to edit, then tap .

3

Edit the desired information.

4


Done.

Some synchronisation services do not allow you to edit contact details.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-04C4AA81-EF48-47E7-8F7A-4EF3A3D03F4A

To edit a contact

8

To associate a picture with a contact

GUID

Title

GUID-D8B5006C-48F5-4730-87AE-2730F0693F7E

To add a contact picture

77


Version 9

1


2

Tap the contact you want to edit, then tap .

3

Tap and select the desired method for adding the contact picture.

4

When you have added the picture, tap

Done.

You can also add a picture to a contact directly from the

Album application.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D8B5006C-48F5-4730-87AE-2730F0693F7E

To add a contact picture

9

To personalise the ringtone for a contact

GUID

Title

GUID-2FD5CF21-896E-4632-91AC-BB15637851E7


Version 3

1


2

Tap the contact that you want to edit, then tap .

3

Tap >

Set ringtone.

4

Select an option from the list or tap to select a music file saved to your device, then tap

Done.

5

Tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2FD5CF21-896E-4632-91AC-BB15637851E7


3

To delete contacts

GUID

Title

GUID-BF4AB0BA-7D03-4A81-B9B5-1F422A254EB0

To delete contacts

Version 8

1


2

Touch and hold the contact that you want to delete.

3

To delete all contacts, tap the downwards arrow to open the drop down menu, then select

Mark all.

4

Tap , then tap

Delete.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BF4AB0BA-7D03-4A81-B9B5-1F422A254EB0

To delete contacts

8

To edit contact information about yourself

GUID

Title

GUID-B75E995D-3011-4ADA-9C38-647947BFA18C


Version 6

1


2

Tap

Myself, then tap .

3

Enter the new information or make the changes you want.

4

When you are done, tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B75E995D-3011-4ADA-9C38-647947BFA18C


6

To create a new contact from a text message

GUID

Title

GUID-8AD5B8FF-018E-4A1E-A547-577913797FDA

To create a new contact from a message

Version 15

1

From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .

2

Tap >

Save.

3

Select an existing contact, or tap

Create new contact.

4

Edit the contact information and tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8AD5B8FF-018E-4A1E-A547-577913797FDA

To create a new contact from a message

15

Adding medical and emergency contact information

GUID GUID-2D8DBFFA-9161-488F-A2C4-7A6D2469CA87

78


Title

Version


1

You can add and edit ICE (In Case of Emergency) information in the Contacts application. You can enter medical details, such as allergies and medications that you are using, plus information about relatives and friends who can be contacted in case of emergency. After setup, your ICE information can be accessed from the security lock screen. This means that even if the screen is locked, for example, by a PIN, pattern or password, emergency personnel can still retrieve your ICE information.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2D8DBFFA-9161-488F-A2C4-7A6D2469CA87


1

GUID-0E7DBC0B-3403-48CE-BAFB-6A6023A07B96

ICE overview

2

1 Go back to the main Contacts screen

2 Get more information about ICE

3 Show your medical and personal information as part of the ICE information

4 Medical information

5 ICE contact list

6 Create new ICE contacts

7 Use existing contacts as ICE contacts

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0E7DBC0B-3403-48CE-BAFB-6A6023A07B96

ICE overview

2

To show your medical and personal information as part of the ICE information

GUID

Title

GUID-51354BE7-E41B-4EA8-8BF4-AD7E1F0AE2E8


Version 2

1


2

Tap

ICE – In Case of Emergency.

3

Tap , then mark the

Show personal information checkbox.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-51354BE7-E41B-4EA8-8BF4-AD7E1F0AE2E8


2

To enter your medical information

GUID GUID-5BDA2AF8-F090-444E-BCCB-001E2DC72A8D

Title

Version


1

1


2

Tap


3

Tap , then tap

Edit medical info.

4

Edit the desired information.

5


Done.

79


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5BDA2AF8-F090-444E-BCCB-001E2DC72A8D


1

To add a new ICE contact

GUID

Title

GUID-E1112ABC-5BE1-4480-B29E-217BF7F35A4E


Version 1

1


2

Tap

ICE – In Case of Emergency, then tap .

3

If you have synchronised your contacts with one or more accounts and you are adding a contact for the first time, you must select the account to which you want to add this contact. Alternatively, tap

Phone contact if you only want to use and save this contact on your device.

4

Enter or select the desired information for the contact.

5


Done.

The ICE contact must have at least a phone number to which emergency personnel can make a call. If your device is locked by a security screen lock, emergency personnel can only see the phone number of the ICE contact, even if there is other information entered in the Contacts application about the contact.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E1112ABC-5BE1-4480-B29E-217BF7F35A4E


1

To use existing contacts as ICE contacts

GUID

Title

GUID-3F57FF96-D2B4-441D-A4AE-65CBAB8A2B63


Version 1

1


2

Tap

ICE – In Case of Emergency, then tap .

3

Mark the contacts that you want to use as ICE contacts.

4


Done.

The ICE contacts that you select must have at least a phone number to which emergency personnel can make a call. If your device is locked by a security screen lock, emergency personnel can only see the phone number of the ICE contacts, even if there is other information entered in the Contacts application about the contacts.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3F57FF96-D2B4-441D-A4AE-65CBAB8A2B63


1

To make your ICE information visible from the security lock screen

GUID

Title

GUID-436AF4C1-0549-4CED-8D23-C0631760D694

To make your ICE information visible from security lockscreen

Version 1

1


2

Tap


3

Tap , then tap

Settings.

4

Mark the

ICE in lock screen checkbox.

Your ICE information is visible from the security lock screen by default.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-436AF4C1-0549-4CED-8D23-C0631760D694

To make your ICE information visible from security lockscreen

1

To enable calls to ICE contacts from the security lock screen

GUID GUID-8A6CE607-044A-4AA1-879D-7EFEC838DF3F

Title

Version

To enable calls to ICE contacts from security lockscreen

1

1


2

Tap


3

Tap , then tap

Settings.

4

Mark the

Enable call in ICE checkbox.

Some network operators may not support ICE calls.

80


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8A6CE607-044A-4AA1-879D-7EFEC838DF3F

To enable calls to ICE contacts from security lockscreen

1

Favourites and groups

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-731CD283-B219-4557-A6C9-D42EE59AEEFF


2

You can mark contacts as favourites so that you can get quick access to them from the Contacts application. You can also assign contacts to groups, to get quicker access to a group of contacts from within the Contacts application.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-731CD283-B219-4557-A6C9-D42EE59AEEFF


2

To mark or unmark a contact as a favourite

GUID

Title

GUID-E489EC2C-B886-4AF4-9A8E-49F9279D3DCE


Version 5

1

From the Home screen, tap , then tap .

2

Tap the contact you want to add to or remove from your favourites.

3

Tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E489EC2C-B886-4AF4-9A8E-49F9279D3DCE


5

To view your favourite contacts

GUID

Title

GUID-C33D067B-1E80-4FA2-83FD-5F70E4CFC561


Version 3

1


2

Tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C33D067B-1E80-4FA2-83FD-5F70E4CFC561


3

To assign a contact to a group

GUID

Title

GUID-D97D0B85-FDA0-4486-AE31-1273993A1514


Version 4

1

In the Contacts application, tap the contact that you want to assign to a group.

2

Tap , then tap the bar directly under

Groups.

3

Mark the checkboxes for the groups to which you want to add the contact.

4

Tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D97D0B85-FDA0-4486-AE31-1273993A1514


4

Sending contact information

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0A30E687-263E-4A63-A5F9-7D7583BBF0FE


2

GUID-0A30E687-263E-4A63-A5F9-7D7583BBF0FE


2

To send your business card

GUID

Title

GUID-CB7E8C2B-D712-4088-A4AE-42D483C91B78


Version 6

1


2

Tap

Myself.

3

Press , then tap

Send contact > OK.

4

Select an available transfer method and follow the on-screen instructions.

GUID GUID-CB7E8C2B-D712-4088-A4AE-42D483C91B78

81


Title

Version


6

To send a contact

GUID

Title

GUID-B0257474-7B98-40F3-877B-13576B9911C7

To send a contact

Version 5

1


2

Tap the contact whose details you want to send.

3

Press , then tap

Send contact > OK.

4

Select an available transfer method and follow the on-screen instructions.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B0257474-7B98-40F3-877B-13576B9911C7

To send a contact

5

To send several contacts at once

GUID

Title

GUID-28D36493-2518-4620-B2E6-C045B077CF22

To select contacts to send

Version 5

1


2

Press , then tap

Mark several.

3

Mark the contacts you want to send, or select all if you want to send all contacts.

4

Tap , then select an available transfer method and follow the on-screen instructions.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-28D36493-2518-4620-B2E6-C045B077CF22

To select contacts to send

5

Avoiding duplicate entries in the Contacts application

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FBC8BADE-40C7-48D2-ADF4-8C47C01F47DF

Join contact information

3

If you synchronise your contacts with a new account or import contact information in other ways, you could end up with duplicate entries in the Contacts application. If this happens, you can join such duplicates to create a single entry. And if you join entries by mistake, you can separate them again later.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FBC8BADE-40C7-48D2-ADF4-8C47C01F47DF

Join contact information

3

To link contacts

GUID

Title

GUID-01136C21-4A7D-4E9B-93AA-1E74783486F3

To link contacts

Version 10

1


2

Tap the contact that you want to link with another contact.

3

Press , then tap

Link contact.

4

Tap the contact whose information you want to join with the first contact, then tap

OK to confirm. The information from the first contact is merged with the second contact, and the linked contacts are displayed as one contact in the

Contacts list.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-01136C21-4A7D-4E9B-93AA-1E74783486F3

To link contacts

10

To separate linked contacts

GUID

Title

GUID-740EA2F6-AFDC-4B00-93A9-4800C7DB325F


Version 11

1


2

Tap the linked contact that you want to edit, then tap .

3

Tap

Unlink contact > Unlink.

GUID

Title

GUID-740EA2F6-AFDC-4B00-93A9-4800C7DB325F


82


Version 11

Backing up contacts

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-26F5D5F6-B693-490B-8EBE-3ED78954583B

Backing up contacts

6

You can use a memory card or a SIM card to back up contacts.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-26F5D5F6-B693-490B-8EBE-3ED78954583B

Backing up contacts

6

To export all contacts to a memory card

GUID

Title

GUID-A7D7643A-284D-4901-B031-AE32503C69F7

To export all contacts to the memory card

Version 10

1


2

Press , then tap

Export contacts > SD card.

3

Tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A7D7643A-284D-4901-B031-AE32503C69F7

To export all contacts to the memory card

10

To export contacts to a SIM card

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A6A460E6-AB1C-4F0D-80C4-675CA7DC8CD9

To export contacts to the SIM card

9

When you export contacts to a SIM card, not all information may get exported. This is due to memory limitations on SIM cards.

1


2

Press , then tap

Export contacts > SIM card.

3

Mark the contacts you want to export, or tap

Mark all if you want to export all your contacts.

4

Tap

Export.

5

Select

Add contacts if you want to add the contacts to existing contacts on your SIM card, or select

Replace all contacts if you want to replace the existing contacts on your SIM card.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A6A460E6-AB1C-4F0D-80C4-675CA7DC8CD9

To export contacts to the SIM card

9

83


Messaging and chat

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-72D9B8E4-2AF0-4F04-9FCE-FBF5487484F5

Messaging

3

GUID-72D9B8E4-2AF0-4F04-9FCE-FBF5487484F5

Messaging

3

Reading and sending messages

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5B6D0815-FF5F-436A-A3C8-5980ED0AA686


2

The Messaging application shows your messages as conversations, which means that all messages to and from a particular person are grouped together. To send multimedia messages, you need the correct MMS settings on your device. See

Internet and MMS settings on page 36.

The number of characters that you can send in a single message varies depending on the operator and the language you use. The maximum size of a multimedia message, which includes the size of added media files, is also operator dependent. Contact your network operator for more information.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5B6D0815-FF5F-436A-A3C8-5980ED0AA686


2

GUID-9380AD62-0EB1-4277-A364-78CE9C0D1F45

Messaging overview

2

GUID

Title

1 Go back to the list of conversations

2 View options

3 Sent and received messages

4 Send button

5 Add attachments

6 Attach a location

7 Attach a handwritten note or image

8 Take a photo and attach it

9 Attach a photo saved on your device

10 Text field

GUID-9380AD62-0EB1-4277-A364-78CE9C0D1F45

Messaging overview

84


Version 2

To create and send a message

GUID

Title

GUID-A6C2B682-0F30-475D-9682-33A737581FE9


Version 18

1


2

Tap .

3

Enter the recipient’s name or phone number, or other contact information that you have saved about the recipient, then select from the list that appears. If the recipient is not listed as a contact, enter the recipient's number manually.

4

Tap

Write message and enter your message text.

5

If you want to add an attachment, tap and select an option.

6

To send the message, tap

Send.

If you exit a message before sending, it gets saved as a draft. The conversation gets tagged with the word

Draft:.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A6C2B682-0F30-475D-9682-33A737581FE9


18

To read a received message

GUID

Title

GUID-5343B3D0-3140-41FE-BF7A-424395B15F40


Version 7.1.2

1


2

Tap the desired conversation.

3

If the message is not yet downloaded, tap and hold the message, then tap

Download message.

All received messages are saved by default to the device memory.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5343B3D0-3140-41FE-BF7A-424395B15F40


7.1.2

To reply to a message

GUID GUID-B3F3CD74-24A7-4F3C-A344-9A3DA916D207

Title

Version


4

1


2

Tap the conversation containing the message.

3

Enter your reply and tap

Send.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B3F3CD74-24A7-4F3C-A344-9A3DA916D207


4

To forward a message

GUID GUID-05F0456B-06EA-4A96-B35E-B114ADFDD14C

Title

Version


9

1


2

Tap the conversation containing the message that you want to forward.

3

Touch and hold the message that you want to forward, then tap

Forward message.

4

Enter the recipient’s name or phone number, or other contact information that you have saved about the recipient, then select from the list that appears. If the recipient is not listed as a contact, enter the recipient's number manually.

5

Edit the message, if necessary, then tap

Send.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-05F0456B-06EA-4A96-B35E-B114ADFDD14C


9

To save a file contained in a message you receive

GUID

Title

GUID-5F89D8FF-F03C-4F3C-9A7A-48170CF67FA1

To save a file contained in received message

85


Version 4

1


2

Tap the conversation you want to open.

3

If the message has not been downloaded yet, tap and hold the message, then tap

Download message.

4

Touch and hold the file you want to save, then select the desired option.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5F89D8FF-F03C-4F3C-9A7A-48170CF67FA1

To save a file contained in received message

4

Organising your messages

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-85E60A45-D4AA-47FD-BF9F-0DCAC9C07C87


1

GUID-85E60A45-D4AA-47FD-BF9F-0DCAC9C07C87


1

To delete a message

GUID

Title

GUID-18644181-BE89-4B64-A303-91754CC902E4

To delete a message

Version 8

1


2

Tap the conversation containing the message you want to delete.

3

Touch and hold the message you want to delete, then tap

Delete message >

Delete.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-18644181-BE89-4B64-A303-91754CC902E4

To delete a message

8

To delete conversations

GUID

Title

GUID-C3195918-C699-4A90-BEEE-730CA2F20750


Version 13

1


2

Tap , then tap

Delete conversations.

3

Mark the checkboxes for the conversations that you want to delete, then tap

>

Delete.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C3195918-C699-4A90-BEEE-730CA2F20750


13

To star a message

GUID GUID-4FC74355-8CC4-455B-ABFA-23DBA7F58E36

Title

Version

To star a message

1

1


2

Tap the conversation you want to open.

3

In the message you want to star, tap .

4

To unstar a message, tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4FC74355-8CC4-455B-ABFA-23DBA7F58E36

To star a message

1

To view starred messages

GUID

Title

GUID-950B1757-1EF2-4C8B-B38F-824EFFB7087D


Version 2

1


2

Tap , then tap

Starred messages.

3

All starred messages appear in a list.

GUID

Title

GUID-950B1757-1EF2-4C8B-B38F-824EFFB7087D


86


Version 2

To search for messages

GUID

Title

GUID-E70395B9-7B95-4170-B892-B843B89205C7


Version 5

1


2

Tap , then tap

Search.

3

Enter your search keywords. The search results appear in a list.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E70395B9-7B95-4170-B892-B843B89205C7


5

Calling from a message

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D63B66D0-8BB6-4E38-B203-772A2BD271A2


1

GUID-D63B66D0-8BB6-4E38-B203-772A2BD271A2


1

To call a message sender

GUID

Title

GUID-FE0F8257-CF1E-4EFA-90FA-2362196AE2C4


Version 6

1


2

Tap a conversation.

3

Tap the recipient name or number at the top of the screen, then select the number that you want to call from the list that appears.

4

If the recipient is saved in your contacts, tap the phone number that you want to call. If you have not saved the recipient in your contacts, tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FE0F8257-CF1E-4EFA-90FA-2362196AE2C4


6

To save a sender's number as a contact

GUID GUID-8B8C17D2-FBFF-4456-A6F5-63C9BC278F25

Title

Version


1

1


2

Tap >

Save.

3


Create new contact.

4

Edit the contact information and tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8B8C17D2-FBFF-4456-A6F5-63C9BC278F25


1

Messaging settings

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E19C38B7-B58C-4BB9-B61B-1D1CB8B762A1

Messaging settings

1

GUID-E19C38B7-B58C-4BB9-B61B-1D1CB8B762A1

Messaging settings

1

To change your message notification settings

GUID

Title

GUID-F5A156A0-322D-4AD0-AF78-BA71783F50AE


Version 6

1


2

Tap , then tap

Settings.

3

To set a notification sound, tap

Notification tone and select an option.

4

For other notification settings, check or uncheck the relevant checkboxes.

GUID

Title

GUID-F5A156A0-322D-4AD0-AF78-BA71783F50AE


87


Version 6

To turn the delivery report function on or off for outgoing messages

GUID

Title

GUID-2EAC8C35-A3F3-49C0-9A88-B52E29082E5F

To change the delivery report settings for outgoing messages

Version 7

1


2

Tap , then tap

Settings.

3

Mark or unmark the

Delivery report checkbox as desired.

After the delivery report function is turned on, a check mark is displayed in messages that have been successfully delivered.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2EAC8C35-A3F3-49C0-9A88-B52E29082E5F

To change the delivery report settings for outgoing messages

7

Instant messaging and video chat

GUID

Title

GUID-B81E6A58-E436-4F16-9248-6AD837724FD9


Version 3

You can use the Google Hangouts™ instant messaging and video chat application on your device to chat with friends who also use the application on computers,

Android™ devices and other devices. You can turn any conversation into a video call with several friends, and you can send messages to friends even when they are offline. You can also view and share photos easily.

Before you start using Hangouts™, make sure that you have a working Internet connection and a Google™ account. Go to http://support.google.com/hangouts and click the "Hangouts on your Android" link to get more detailed information about how to use this application.

The video call function only works on devices with a front camera.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B81E6A58-E436-4F16-9248-6AD837724FD9


3

GUID-70DA7923-DC2C-48BB-9C95-3A58C4D4CABE

Hangouts overview

1

GUID

Title

1 Start a new chat or video call

2 Options

3 List of contacts

GUID-70DA7923-DC2C-48BB-9C95-3A58C4D4CABE

Hangouts overview

88


Version 1

To start an instant message or a video call

GUID

Title

GUID-AA96BA4B-9873-4D64-99CE-0CD4C3C85A1A

To start a chat (Hangouts)

Version 2

1


2

Find and tap

Hangouts.

3

Tap , then enter a contact name, email address, phone number or circle name and select the relevant entry from the suggested list.

4

To start an instant messaging session, tap .

5

To start a video call, tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AA96BA4B-9873-4D64-99CE-0CD4C3C85A1A

To start a chat (Hangouts)

2

To reply to a chat message or join a video call

GUID GUID-F52025B7-D322-47DE-97F0-04D108C89A15

Title

Version

1

When someone contacts you on

Hangouts, or appears in the status bar.

2

Drag the status bar downwards, then tap the message or video call and begin to chat.


1

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F52025B7-D322-47DE-97F0-04D108C89A15


1

To learn more about Hangouts™

GUID

Title

GUID-7BF9D3E9-7654-4EBE-AA2F-40EF6588F423

To learn more about Hangouts

Version 1

•

When the Hangouts™ application is open, tap , then tap

Help.

GUID GUID-7BF9D3E9-7654-4EBE-AA2F-40EF6588F423

Title

Version

To learn more about Hangouts

1

89


Email

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F40849F4-44EB-4AFE-BFB7-387364E8AE14

Email

1

GUID-F40849F4-44EB-4AFE-BFB7-387364E8AE14

Email

1

Setting up email

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-143868C5-B591-49B4-AD71-446E3FA9C1CE

Setting up email

1

Use the email application in your device to send and receive email messages through your email accounts. You can have one or several email accounts at the same time, including corporate Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync accounts.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-143868C5-B591-49B4-AD71-446E3FA9C1CE

Setting up email

1

To set up an email account

GUID

Title

GUID-6D8E1793-757A-4533-9EEE-EB05ED33EEFA

To set up an email account on your device

Version 18

1


2

Find and tap

Email.

3

Follow the instructions that appear on the screen to complete the setup.

For some email services, you may need to contact your email service provider for information on detailed settings for the email account.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6D8E1793-757A-4533-9EEE-EB05ED33EEFA

To set up an email account on your device

18

To add an extra email account

GUID GUID-74CB7D9A-D8E7-415A-B56A-6FF254D6705A

Title

Version

To add an extra email account on your device

14

1


2

Find and tap

Email.

3

If you are using several email accounts, tap , then tap

Add account.

4

Enter the email address and password, then tap

Next. If the settings for the email account cannot be downloaded automatically, complete the setup manually.

5

When prompted, enter a name for your email account so that it is easily identifiable.

6


Next.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-74CB7D9A-D8E7-415A-B56A-6FF254D6705A

To add an extra email account on your device

14

To set an email account as your default account

GUID

Title

GUID-B96CB0AB-5A56-4EC7-84C7-E0760681D683


Version 8

1


2

Find and tap

Email.

3

Press , then tap

Settings.

4

Select the account you want to use as the default account for composing and sending email messages.

5

Mark the

Default account checkbox. The inbox of the default account appears every time you open the email application.

If you only have one email account, this account is automatically the default account.

90


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B96CB0AB-5A56-4EC7-84C7-E0760681D683


8

Sending and receiving email messages

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-40725FF2-04C4-4045-82E9-F3F025010607


2

1 View a list of all email accounts and recent folders

2 Write a new email message

3 Search for email messages

4 Access settings and options

5 List of email messages

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-40725FF2-04C4-4045-82E9-F3F025010607


2

To download new email messages

GUID

Title

GUID-02C2D920-6923-4830-96DE-028806F248A8

To receive email messages

Version 12

1


2

Find and tap

Email.

3

If you are using several email accounts, tap and select the account that you want to check, then tap

Inbox in the drop down menu.

4

To download new messages, tap , then tap

Refresh.

When the inbox is open, swipe downwards on the screen to refresh the message list.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-02C2D920-6923-4830-96DE-028806F248A8

To receive email messages

12

To read your email messages

GUID

Title

GUID-FD9F4939-113D-4787-883B-F276208977B9


Version 7

1


2

Find and tap

Email.

3

If you are using several email accounts, tap and select the account that you want to check, then tap

Inbox in the drop down menu. If you want to check all your email accounts at once, tap , then tap

Combined inbox in the drop down menu.

4

In the email inbox, scroll up or down and tap the email message that you want to read.

91


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FD9F4939-113D-4787-883B-F276208977B9


7

To create and send an email message

GUID

Title

GUID-F0395077-1D6B-4C89-99DB-78251B848973


Version 17

1


Email.

2

If you are using several email accounts, tap and select the account from which you want to send the email, then tap

Inbox in the drop down menu.

3

Tap , then type the recipient's name or email address, or tap and select one or more recipients from your Contacts list.

4

Enter the email subject and message text, then tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F0395077-1D6B-4C89-99DB-78251B848973


17

To reply to an email message

GUID

Title

GUID-004FD0FF-8AF0-4E74-855D-533F78929BB1


Version 12

1

In your email inbox, find and tap the message that you want to reply to, then tap

Reply or Reply all.

2

Enter your reply, then tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-004FD0FF-8AF0-4E74-855D-533F78929BB1


12

To forward an email message

GUID

Title

GUID-887997C5-464E-4EC1-8783-06B4402A4008


Version 13

1

In your email inbox, find and tap the message that you want to forward, then tap

Forward.

2

Enter the recipient's email address manually, or tap and select a recipient from your Contacts list.

3

Enter your message text, then tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-887997C5-464E-4EC1-8783-06B4402A4008


13

To view an email message attachment

GUID GUID-6F871E93-8365-4B52-A027-F547C8999D86

Title

Version


12

1

Find and tap the email message containing the attachment that you want to view. Email messages with attachments are indicated by .

2

After the email message opens, tap

Load. The attachment starts to download.

3

After the attachment finishes downloading, tap

View.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6F871E93-8365-4B52-A027-F547C8999D86


12

To save a sender's email address to your contacts

GUID

Title

GUID-2E75631A-CAE2-4121-AF6C-6EE69F5AF6B0


Version 13

1

Find and tap a message in your email inbox.

2

Tap the name of the sender, then tap

OK.

3


Create new contact.

4

Edit the contact information, if desired, then tap

Done.

GUID

Title

GUID-2E75631A-CAE2-4121-AF6C-6EE69F5AF6B0


92


Version 13

Email preview pane

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F91E1ED0-3BB5-4707-9EC7-7541A8A4F690

Preview pane

1

A preview pane is available for viewing and reading your email messages in landscape orientation. Once activated, you can use it to view both the email message list and one selected email message at the same time.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F91E1ED0-3BB5-4707-9EC7-7541A8A4F690

Preview pane

1

To activate the preview pane

GUID

Title

GUID-14548B2A-2398-4EAD-A71B-79BC8FAC0979

To change email preview pane settings

Version 7

1


Email.

2

Tap , then tap

Settings.

3

Tap

General > Split view.

4

Select an option, or a combination of options, then tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-14548B2A-2398-4EAD-A71B-79BC8FAC0979

To change email preview pane settings

7

To read email messages using the preview pane

GUID

Title

GUID-4AB273E5-13F0-4986-8170-0DAD90F6EFA7

To use the email preview pane

Version 6.1.2

1

Make sure the preview pane is activated.

2

Open your email inbox.

3

Scroll up or down and tap the email message that you want to read.

4

To view the email message in fullscreen format, tap the split bar (located between the email list and the email body).

5

To return to the regular inbox view, tap the split bar again.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4AB273E5-13F0-4986-8170-0DAD90F6EFA7

To use the email preview pane

6.1.2

Organising your email messages

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A71E36B1-823F-4E09-B9A5-62D85E5D1EF5

Organizing your email messages

1

GUID-A71E36B1-823F-4E09-B9A5-62D85E5D1EF5

Organizing your email messages

1

To sort your emails

GUID

Title

GUID-FE4A2629-0ACA-463C-8C5D-3FEC06F2F9FB

To sort your emails

93


Version 3

1


2

Find and tap

Email.

3

If you are using several email accounts, tap and select the account that you want to sort, then tap

Inbox in the drop down menu. If you want to sort all your email accounts at once, tap , then tap

Combined inbox.

4

Tap , then tap

Sort.

5

Select a sorting option.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FE4A2629-0ACA-463C-8C5D-3FEC06F2F9FB

To sort your emails

3

To search for emails

GUID

Title

GUID-7093B327-6BEA-47B7-BE70-236E8121C3BD


Version 6

1


Email.

2

If you are using several email accounts, tap and select the name of the account that you want to check, then tap

Inbox in the drop down menu. If you want to search all your email accounts at once, tap , then tap

Combined view.

3

Tap .

4

Enter your search text, then tap on the keyboard.

5

The search result appears in a list sorted by date. Tap the email message that you want to open.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7093B327-6BEA-47B7-BE70-236E8121C3BD


6

To view all folders for one email account

GUID

Title

GUID-2C45BDBB-3267-4D66-826E-073CEBD6F135


Version 4

1


Email.

2

If you are using several email accounts, tap , and select the account you want to check.

3

Under the account that you want to check, select

Show all folders.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2C45BDBB-3267-4D66-826E-073CEBD6F135


4

To delete an email message

GUID

Title

GUID-730E5EA9-179D-443E-9A68-6608AA6E4712


Version 11

1

In your email inbox, mark the checkbox for the message that you want to delete, then tap .

2

Tap

Delete.

In the email inbox view, you can also flick a message to the right to delete it.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-730E5EA9-179D-443E-9A68-6608AA6E4712


11

Email account settings

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AC324477-DEDA-4684-975B-A28244F93961


1

GUID-AC324477-DEDA-4684-975B-A28244F93961


1

To remove an email account from your device

GUID

Title

GUID-869BE5E7-A9F0-491E-B98C-0C9F2A2E36D3


94


Version 11

1


2

Find and tap

Email.

3

Press , then tap

Settings.

4

Select the account you want to remove.

5

Tap

Delete account > OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-869BE5E7-A9F0-491E-B98C-0C9F2A2E36D3


11

To change the inbox check frequency

GUID GUID-B32A113B-DDD8-467D-AA6A-FB03C67FDF7B

Title

Version

To change the email check frequency

8

1


2

Find and tap

Email.

3

Tap , then tap

Settings.

4

Select the account for which you want to change the inbox check frequency.

5

Tap

Inbox check frequency > Check frequency and select an option.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B32A113B-DDD8-467D-AA6A-FB03C67FDF7B

To change the email check frequency

8

To set an Out of Office auto-reply in an Exchange Active Sync account

GUID GUID-E47F5E3E-2813-4D8E-9286-7466F0362C32

Title

Version


4

1


Email.

2

Press , then tap

Settings.

3

Select the EAS (Exchange Active Sync) account for which you want to set an

Out of Office auto-reply.

4

Tap

Out of office.

5


Out of office to the right to turn on the function.

6

If needed, mark the

Set time range checkbox and set the time range for the auto reply.

7

Enter your Out of Office message in the body text field.

8

Tap

OK to confirm.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E47F5E3E-2813-4D8E-9286-7466F0362C32


4

Gmail™

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-98B0E4D0-1186-4FAD-A042-D43F37E36F85

Gmail(TM)

2

If you have a Google™ account, you can use the Gmail™ application to read and write email messages.

95


1 View a list of all Gmail accounts and recent folders

2 Write a new email message

3 Search for email messages

4 Access settings and options

5 List of email messages

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-98B0E4D0-1186-4FAD-A042-D43F37E36F85

Gmail(TM)

2

To learn more about Gmail™

GUID

Title

GUID-CF6998FF-6093-446A-B74F-AC70F5ED671A

To learn more about Gmail(TM)

Version 1

•

When the Gmail application is open, tap , then tap

Help.

GUID GUID-CF6998FF-6093-446A-B74F-AC70F5ED671A

Title

Version

To learn more about Gmail(TM)

1

96


Music

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-623A32D5-8827-4BC1-BB12-BED06D37C97B

Music player

2

GUID-623A32D5-8827-4BC1-BB12-BED06D37C97B

Music player

2

Transferring music to your device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B3D6A559-577A-49F9-A2DD-413B05741F63


16

There are different ways to get music from a computer onto your device:

•

Connect the device and computer using a USB cable and drag and drop music files directly into the file manager application on the computer. See Managing files using a computer on page 174.

•

If the computer is a PC, you can use the Media Go™ application from Sony and organise your music files, create playlists, subscribe to podcasts, and more. To learn more and download the Media Go™ application, go to http://mediago.sony.com/enu/ features.

•

If the computer is an Apple® Mac®, you can use the Sony Bridge for Mac application to transfer your media files from iTunes to your device. To learn more and download

Sony Bridge for Mac, go to www.sonymobile.com/global-en/tools/bridge-for-mac/.

The Walkman® application may not support all music file formats. For more information about supported file formats and the use of multimedia (audio, image and video) files, download the

White Paper for your device at www.sonymobile.com/support .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B3D6A559-577A-49F9-A2DD-413B05741F63


16

Listening to music

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-60343300-62FE-497C-AC6D-38BF1A5FAC89

Listening to music

10.1.1.1.1

Use the Walkman® application to listen to your favourite music and audio books.

1 Go to the Walkman® home screen

2 Search songs on Music Unlimited and all songs saved to your device

3 View the current play queue

4 Album art (if available)

5 Tap to go to the previous song in the play queue

97


Touch and hold to rewind within the current song

6 Play or pause a song

7 Tap to go to the next song in the play queue

Touch and hold to fast forward within the current song

8 Shuffle songs in the current play queue

9 Repeat all songs in the current play queue

10 Progress indicator – Drag the indicator or tap along the line to fast forward or rewind

11 Total time length of current song

12 Elapsed time of current song

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-60343300-62FE-497C-AC6D-38BF1A5FAC89

Listening to music

10.1.1.1.1

Walkman® home screen

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4533070C-96CA-4166-9F25-AAE3DE1B1128

“WALKMAN” home screen

2

1 Drag the left edge of the screen to the right to open the Walkman® home screen menu

2 Scroll up or down to view content

3 Play a song using the Walkman® application

4 Return to the Walkman® music player screen

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4533070C-96CA-4166-9F25-AAE3DE1B1128

“WALKMAN” home screen

2

To play a song using the Walkman® application

GUID

Title

GUID-00E786D8-33B6-4A64-91FD-800EEC4D7017

To play a song using the WALKMAN application

Version 14.1.2

1


2

If the Walkman® home screen is not displayed, tap , then drag the left edge of the Walkman® home screen to the right. If the Walkman® home screen is displayed, drag the left edge of the Walkman® home screen to the right.

3

Select a music category, for example, under

Artists, Albums or Songs, then browse to the song that you want to open.

4

Tap a song to play it.

You might not be able to play copyright-protected items. Please verify that you have necessary rights in material that you intend to share.

GUID

Title

GUID-00E786D8-33B6-4A64-91FD-800EEC4D7017

To play a song using the WALKMAN application

98


Version 14.1.2

To find song-related information online

GUID

Title

GUID-AF400CD3-CFD6-4043-AC4D-6286E40A1A15


Version 3

•

While a song is playing in the Walkman® application, tap the infinite button .

The infinite button gives you access to several sources of information including videos on

YouTube™, lyrics, and artist info on Wikipedia.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AF400CD3-CFD6-4043-AC4D-6286E40A1A15


3

To adjust the audio volume

GUID GUID-4403F052-3019-49AC-9359-660176677C22

Title

Version

To adjust the volume of a track

8

•

Press the volume key.

GUID GUID-4403F052-3019-49AC-9359-660176677C22

Title

Version

To adjust the volume of a track

8

To minimise the Walkman® application

GUID

Title

GUID-B8E944E8-3D03-4080-BBAD-83FC95105859

To minimise the music player

Version 8

•

When a song is playing, tap to go to the Home screen. The Walkman® application stays playing in the background.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B8E944E8-3D03-4080-BBAD-83FC95105859

To minimise the music player

8

To open the Walkman® application when it is playing in the background

GUID

Title

GUID-4A52061B-5BEA-4F74-84A3-60DD425EBBAE

To return to the music player when used in the background

Version 14

1

While a song is playing in the background, tap the to open the recently used applications window.

2

Tap the Walkman® application.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4A52061B-5BEA-4F74-84A3-60DD425EBBAE

To return to the music player when used in the background

14

Walkman® home screen menu

GUID

Title

GUID-D9CE57C5-B9B0-451E-A430-1C9B527FF2DA

Your music library

Version 9.3.2

The Walkman® home screen menu gives you an overview of all the songs on your device as well as of the songs available on Music Unlimited. From here you can manage your albums and playlists, organise your music by mood and tempo using

SensMe™ channels.

99


1 Return to the Walkman® home screen

2 Browse your music by artist

3 Browse your music by album

4 Browse your music by song

5 Browse all playlists

6 New releases (provided by Music Unlimited)

7 Charts (provided by Music Unlimited)

8 Featured playlists (provided by Music Unlimited)

9 Collect links to music and related content that you and friends have shared using online services

10 Manage and edit your music using SensMe™ channels

Sony Entertainment Network with Video Unlimited and Music Unlimited is not available in every market. Separate subscription required. Additional terms and conditions apply.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D9CE57C5-B9B0-451E-A430-1C9B527FF2DA

Your music library

9.3.2

To open the Walkman® home screen menu

GUID

Title

GUID-A22272B3-4642-4F2E-9B58-CDC380B6D11E

To open the "WALKMAN" home screen menu

Version 2

1


2

If the Walkman® home screen is not displayed, tap , then drag the left edge of the Walkman® home screen to the right. If the Walkman® home screen is displayed, drag the left edge of the Walkman® home screen to the right.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A22272B3-4642-4F2E-9B58-CDC380B6D11E

To open the "WALKMAN" home screen menu

2

To return to the Walkman® home screen

GUID

Title

GUID-2402F482-9434-4988-ABF7-C12A3DB65FAE

To return to the “WALKMAN” home screen

Version 1.1.2

•

When the Walkman® home screen menu is open, tap

Home.

•

When the Walkman® home screen menu is open, tap on the screen to the right of the menu.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2402F482-9434-4988-ABF7-C12A3DB65FAE

To return to the “WALKMAN” home screen

1.1.2

To update your music with the latest information

GUID

Title

GUID-3195FACE-36F1-409A-A913-BD7B086D97EF


100


Version 10

1

From the Walkman® home screen, tap .

2

Tap

Download music info > Start. Your device searches online and downloads the latest available album art and song information for your music.

The SensMe™ channels application is activated when you download music information.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3195FACE-36F1-409A-A913-BD7B086D97EF


10

To enable the SensMe™ channels application

GUID GUID-C266C1CA-6744-4DD0-BFAF-84B326099827

Title

Version

To enable the SensMe™ channels

10

•

From the Walkman® home screen, tap , then tap

Download music info > Start.

This application requires a mobile or Wi-Fi® network connection.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C266C1CA-6744-4DD0-BFAF-84B326099827

To enable the SensMe™ channels

10

To delete a song

GUID GUID-22F57582-7488-484D-B95E-28258A48B894

Title

Version

To delete a track

11.1.2

1

From the Walkman® home screen, browse to the song that you want to delete.

2

Touch and hold the song title, then tap

Delete from the list that appears.

3

Tap

Delete again to confirm.

You can also delete albums this way.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-22F57582-7488-484D-B95E-28258A48B894

To delete a track

11.1.2

Playlists

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-22626158-D739-4968-953F-803D81E125B1

Playlists

16

On the Walkman® home screen, you can create your own playlists from the music that is saved on your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-22626158-D739-4968-953F-803D81E125B1

Playlists

16

To create your own playlists

GUID

Title

GUID-C3B20171-8719-4A88-B615-8CCE50EF62FB


Version 14

1

From the Walkman® home screen, touch and hold the name of the album or song that you want to add to a playlist.

2

In the menu that opens, tap

Add to > Create new playlist.

3

Enter a name for the playlist and tap

OK.

You can also tap the album art and then tap to create a new playlist.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C3B20171-8719-4A88-B615-8CCE50EF62FB


14

To play your own playlists

GUID

Title

GUID-DB3FBE14-71FD-4B1F-ABC1-B79E84860C1C


Version 12

1

Open the Walkman® home screen menu, then tap

Playlists.

2

Under

Playlists, select the playlist that you want to open.

3

If you want to play all songs, tap

Shuffle all.

101


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DB3FBE14-71FD-4B1F-ABC1-B79E84860C1C


12

To add songs to a playlist

GUID

Title

GUID-39684E97-C6CE-4845-A001-9CED3D261997

To add tracks to a playlist

Version 9

1

From the Walkman® home screen, browse to the song or album that you want to add to a playlist.

2

Touch and hold the song or the album title, then tap

Add to.

3

Tap the name of the playlist to which you want to add the album or song. The album or song is added to the playlist.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-39684E97-C6CE-4845-A001-9CED3D261997

To add tracks to a playlist

9

To remove a song from a playlist

GUID GUID-EEB44D8E-B5E5-4CD5-8218-92D2EA4D722A

Title

Version

To remove a track from a playlist

5

1

In a playlist, touch and hold the title of the song you want to delete.

2

Tap

Delete from playlist from the list that appears.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-EEB44D8E-B5E5-4CD5-8218-92D2EA4D722A

To remove a track from a playlist

5

To delete a playlist

GUID

Title

GUID-7D9C6392-3EF2-4E7A-878B-26A541EE5B7E


Version 12.1.2

1


Playlists.

2

Touch and hold the playlist that you want to delete.

3

Tap

Delete.

4

Tap


You cannot delete smart playlists.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7D9C6392-3EF2-4E7A-878B-26A541EE5B7E


12.1.2

Sharing music

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7752FDE2-C2BE-42D4-B1A5-7AAD847D4141

Sharing music

1

GUID-7752FDE2-C2BE-42D4-B1A5-7AAD847D4141

Sharing music

1

To share a song

GUID

Title

GUID-EDC6EF4F-65A2-4936-BD17-63E11FF9215E

To share a song

Version 11

1

From the Walkman® home screen, browse to the song or album that you want to share.

2

Touch and hold the song title, then tap

Share.

3

Select an application from the list, then follow the on-screen instructions.

You can also share albums and playlists in the same way.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-EDC6EF4F-65A2-4936-BD17-63E11FF9215E

To share a song

11

GUID

Title

Sharing music on Facebook™

GUID-23853D18-B289-43C5-AADE-C2FC1D5CF026


102


Version 6

The Friends’ music function collects links to music and music-related content that you and your friends have shared using Facebook™.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-23853D18-B289-43C5-AADE-C2FC1D5CF026


6

To share and "Like" a song on Facebook™

GUID

Title

GUID-20AC8CF4-0C6B-4930-AB1B-BFBAD84F84A9


Version 11.1.2

1

While the song is playing in the Walkman® application, tap the album art.

2

Tap to show that you "Like" the song on Facebook™. If desired, add a comment in the comments field.

3

Tap

Share to send the song to Facebook™. If the song is received successfully, you will get a confirmation message from Facebook™.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-20AC8CF4-0C6B-4930-AB1B-BFBAD84F84A9


11.1.2

To manage music from your friends on Facebook™

GUID GUID-43E94138-752D-4D47-B262-88BDE767B49E

Title

Version


6.1.2

1


Friends' music > Recent.

2

Tap an item that you want to work on.

3

Manage the item as desired. For example, to "Like" the song, tap . To comment on the song, add a comment in the comments field.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-43E94138-752D-4D47-B262-88BDE767B49E


6.1.2

To view music that you shared on Facebook™

GUID

Title

GUID-4658338F-1DB4-41E0-AF4D-8EAB8C2BB145


Version 5.1.2

1


Friends' music > My shares.

2

Scroll to an item that you want to open, then tap it. All comments that you posted on Facebook™ about the item, if any, are displayed.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4658338F-1DB4-41E0-AF4D-8EAB8C2BB145


5.1.2

Enhancing the sound

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DA9CFE3C-F024-4E67-A4DD-6E97D4F77A26

Enhancing the sound

1

GUID-DA9CFE3C-F024-4E67-A4DD-6E97D4F77A26

Enhancing the sound

1

To improve the sound quality using the equaliser

GUID

Title

GUID-EDE19486-44A8-4A55-81A9-99F891AC94ED

To improve the sound with the Equalizer

Version 16

1

When the Walkman® application is open, tap .

2

Tap

Settings > Sound enhancements.

3

To adjust the sound manually, drag the frequency band buttons up or down.

To adjust the sound automatically, tap and select a style.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-EDE19486-44A8-4A55-81A9-99F891AC94ED

To improve the sound with the Equalizer

16

To turn on the Surround sound feature

GUID

Title

GUID-904DB65B-22FA-4C19-992C-A703E77DF344


103


Version 12.1.1

1

When the Walkman® application is open, tap .

2

Tap

Settings > Sound enhancements > Settings > Surround sound (VPT).

3

Select a setting, then tap

OK to confirm.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-904DB65B-22FA-4C19-992C-A703E77DF344


12.1.1

Visualiser

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CC193ECD-F10C-4F22-B4F6-D33C74163857

Visualizer

4

The Visualiser adds visual effects to your songs as you play them. The effects for each song are based on the characteristics of the music. They change, for example, in response to changes in the music’s loudness, rhythm and frequency level. You can also change the background theme.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CC193ECD-F10C-4F22-B4F6-D33C74163857

Visualizer

4

To turn on the Visualiser

GUID

Title

GUID-94BAAF08-75D1-4146-B692-D05899C9F169


Version 7

1

In the Walkman® application, tap .

2

Tap

Visualizer.

Tap the screen to switch to full screen view.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-94BAAF08-75D1-4146-B692-D05899C9F169


7

To change the background theme

GUID

Title

GUID-5B49FEBA-54E5-43EE-A034-37F12FA5D20F


Version 4

1

In the Walkman® application, tap .

2

Tap

Visualizer.

3

Tap >

Theme and select a theme.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5B49FEBA-54E5-43EE-A034-37F12FA5D20F


4

Recognising music with TrackID™

GUID

Title

GUID-6D56E5F7-F716-4CFF-84B1-A3353267192E

Recognising music with TrackID

Version 2

Use the TrackID™ music recognition service to identify a music track you hear playing in your surroundings. Just record a short sample of the song and you’ll get artist, title and album info within seconds. You can purchase tracks identified by

TrackID™ and you can view TrackID™ charts to see what TrackID™ users around the globe are searching for. For best results, use TrackID™ technology in a quiet area.

104


1

2

3

4

5

6

Search for music online

View options

View current music charts

View the search result history

Main screen for recording music

Find out what music you are listening to

The TrackID™ application and the TrackID™ service are not supported in all countries/regions, or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6D56E5F7-F716-4CFF-84B1-A3353267192E

Recognising music with TrackID

2

To identify music using TrackID™ technology

GUID

Title

GUID-E0CB0974-D670-45CF-A0B5-3A8D4B7CD1C8

To identify music using TrackID technology

Version 11

1

From your Home screen, tap

2

Find and tap

TrackID™, then hold your device towards the music source.

3

Tap . If the track is recognised by the TrackID™ service, the results appear on the screen.

To return to the

TrackID™ start screen, press .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E0CB0974-D670-45CF-A0B5-3A8D4B7CD1C8

To identify music using TrackID technology

11

To view TrackID™ charts

GUID GUID-DE4BBE03-E523-459E-A100-616D351C1CC7

Title

Version

To view TrackID charts

6

•

Open the

TrackID™ application, then tap Charts. A chart from your own region is shown.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DE4BBE03-E523-459E-A100-616D351C1CC7

To view TrackID charts

6

To view TrackID™ charts from another region

GUID

Title

GUID-AB3B6119-CFD5-435A-B253-B19261B014FE


Version 1

1

Open the

TrackID™ application, then tap Charts.

2

Tap >

Regions and then select a country or region.

GUID GUID-AB3B6119-CFD5-435A-B253-B19261B014FE

105


Title

Version


1

To buy a track recognised by the TrackID™ application

GUID

Title

GUID-142FF661-9B11-4566-BD41-37638DD70719

To buy a track using TrackID technology

Version 11

1

After a track has been recognised by the

TrackID™ application, tap Download.

2

Follow the instructions in your device to complete your purchase.

You can also select a track to buy by opening the

History and Charts tabs. Or you can purchase tracks identified by an online text search in

TrackID™.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-142FF661-9B11-4566-BD41-37638DD70719

To buy a track using TrackID technology

11

To share a track

GUID

Title

GUID-C7FE7DFE-9EF2-483D-A7B2-8A7AFEB7AF60

To share a track

Version 6

1


TrackID™ application, tap Share, then select a sharing method.

2

Follow the instructions on your device to complete the procedure.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C7FE7DFE-9EF2-483D-A7B2-8A7AFEB7AF60

To share a track

6

To view artist information for a track

GUID

Title

GUID-6A2E01ED-08A0-4A9D-BAEB-F20954FD50B1

To view the artist information of a track

Version 5

•


TrackID™ application, tap Artist info.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6A2E01ED-08A0-4A9D-BAEB-F20954FD50B1

To view the artist information of a track

5

To delete a track from the track history

GUID

Title

GUID-20DBCF02-36FD-4981-932B-2A7F0F707A00

To delete a track from history list

Version 6

1

Open the

TrackID™ application, then tap History.

2

Tap a track title, then tap

Delete.

3

Tap

Yes to confirm.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-20DBCF02-36FD-4981-932B-2A7F0F707A00

To delete a track from history list

6

Music Unlimited online service

GUID

Title

GUID-B90F0530-A919-4F1A-ABBF-A257662E5086


Version 4

Music Unlimited is a subscription-based service that offers access to millions of songs over a mobile network or Wi-Fi

®

connection. You can manage and edit your personal music library in the cloud from a variety of devices, or sync your playlists and music using a PC that runs the Windows

®

operating system. Go to www.sonyentertainmentnetwork.com for more information.


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B90F0530-A919-4F1A-ABBF-A257662E5086


4

To get started with Music Unlimited

GUID

Title

GUID-10EEAF51-094E-4A41-904C-DD3C4FF0B8C7


106


Version 5

1

From the Walkman® home screen, tap >

Settings.

2


Music Unlimited to the right so that the Music Unlimited function gets turned on, then follow the on-screen instructions.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-10EEAF51-094E-4A41-904C-DD3C4FF0B8C7


5

107


FM radio

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-50B65AF5-0E4E-4C2E-95F9-1EEBF8FE2B3B

FM radio

1

GUID-50B65AF5-0E4E-4C2E-95F9-1EEBF8FE2B3B

FM radio

1

Listening to the radio

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-37879EDC-C7EC-40D4-A861-001E14183BB5

Listening to radio

14.1.1

The FM radio in your device works like any FM radio. For example, you can browse and listen to FM radio stations and save them as favourites. You must connect a wired headset or headphones to your device before you can use the radio. This is because the headset or headphones act as an antenna. After one of these devices is connected, you can then switch the radio sound to the speaker, if desired.

1 Favourites list

2 Radio on/off button

3 View menu options

4 Tuned frequency

5 Save or remove a channel as a favourite

6 Tuning dial

7 Frequency band – drag left or right to move between channels

8 Move up the frequency band to search for a channel

9 A saved favourite channel

10 Move down the frequency band to search for a channel

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-37879EDC-C7EC-40D4-A861-001E14183BB5

Listening to radio

14.1.1

To listen to the FM radio

GUID

Title

GUID-3898AB21-BAB7-40B6-8858-8BA79137E5ED

To open the FM radio

108


Version 5

1

Connect a headset or a set of headphones to your device.

2


3

Find and tap

FM radio . The available channels appear as you scroll through the frequency band.

When you start the FM radio, available channels appear automatically. If a channel has RDS information, it appears a few seconds after you start listening to the channel.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3898AB21-BAB7-40B6-8858-8BA79137E5ED

To open the FM radio

5

To move between radio channels

GUID

Title

GUID-CBBF7274-CC1C-4267-8C7F-F36E2362D7BC


Version 6

•

Drag the frequency band left or right.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CBBF7274-CC1C-4267-8C7F-F36E2362D7BC


6

To start a new search for radio channels

GUID

Title

GUID-68ADA9D8-FE98-42F5-85DF-5A0060B85ED6

To start a new search for channels

Version 2

1

When the radio is open, press .

2

Tap

Search for channels. The radio scans the whole frequency band, and all available channels are displayed.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-68ADA9D8-FE98-42F5-85DF-5A0060B85ED6

To start a new search for channels

2

To switch the radio sound to the speaker

GUID GUID-B9A08CE9-BA43-4C99-85FF-9B796DA9CCFB

Title

Version

To switch between the speaker and handsfree

4

1


2

Tap

Play in speaker.

To switch the sound back to the wired headset or headphones, press and tap

Play in headphones.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B9A08CE9-BA43-4C99-85FF-9B796DA9CCFB

To switch between the speaker and handsfree

4

To identify a song on the FM radio using TrackID™

GUID GUID-1931C6CE-DD54-4358-89BE-377610C41914

Title

Version

To identify the music your are listening using TrackID

7

1

While the song is playing on your device's FM radio, press , then select

TrackID™.

2

A progress indicator appears while the TrackID™ application samples the song. If successful, you are presented with a track result, or a list of possible tracks.

3

Press to return the FM Radio.

The TrackID™ application and the TrackID™ service are not supported in all countries/regions, or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1931C6CE-DD54-4358-89BE-377610C41914

To identify the music your are listening using TrackID

7

Favourite radio channels

GUID

Title

GUID-BBAC5D23-766F-42C3-94D1-6785FFEB7932

Using favourite radio channels

109


Version

GUID

Title

Version

3

GUID-BBAC5D23-766F-42C3-94D1-6785FFEB7932

Using favourite radio channels

3

To save a channel as a favourite

GUID

Title

GUID-E43E695E-5D0D-4A62-8D48-1CC6F1866CC3


Version 4

1

When the radio is open, navigate to the channel that you want to save as a favourite.

2

Tap .

3

Enter a name and select a colour for the channel, then press

Save.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E43E695E-5D0D-4A62-8D48-1CC6F1866CC3


4

GUID

Title

To listen to a favourite radio channel

GUID-2F8211E9-133D-4AAA-930E-AE24A0344138


1 Version

1

Tap .

2

Select an option.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2F8211E9-133D-4AAA-930E-AE24A0344138


1

To remove a channel as a favourite

GUID

Title

GUID-57C07E91-6EAB-4D54-905F-A6BE087320A9


Version 7

1

When the radio is open, navigate to the channel that you want to remove.

2

Tap , then tap

Delete.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-57C07E91-6EAB-4D54-905F-A6BE087320A9


7

Sound settings

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FB9045F8-AC19-4401-9A4B-4838EB6B5B3C

Sound settings

1

GUID-FB9045F8-AC19-4401-9A4B-4838EB6B5B3C

Sound settings

1

To switch between mono and stereo sound mode

GUID

Title

GUID-3FBD4FE8-230A-4F5E-9823-984B1F29EB2D

To switch between the mono sound and stereo sound

Version 1

1


2

Tap

Enable stereo sound.

3

To listen to the radio in mono sound mode again, press and tap

Force mono sound.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3FBD4FE8-230A-4F5E-9823-984B1F29EB2D

To switch between the mono sound and stereo sound

1

To select the radio region

GUID

Title

GUID-C4C8BAA2-3545-46E9-BA22-591362850F6D


Version 1

1


2

Tap

Set radio region.

3

Select an option.

GUID

Title

GUID-C4C8BAA2-3545-46E9-BA22-591362850F6D


110


Version 1

To adjust the Visualiser

GUID

Title

GUID-3DB80072-63E2-4F94-AF7A-7638362DB9AF

To adjust the visualizer

Version 3

1

When the radio is open, tap .

2

Tap

Visualizer.

3

Select an option.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3DB80072-63E2-4F94-AF7A-7638362DB9AF

To adjust the visualizer

3

111


Camera

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E4470E6D-79A2-4CE2-AE2C-002C9F139F1A

Camera

1

GUID-E4470E6D-79A2-4CE2-AE2C-002C9F139F1A

Camera

1

Taking photos and recording videos

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6E27C077-E3B0-4F89-B463-8F1BC8016007


9

1 Zoom in or out

2 Main camera screen

3 Camera key – Activate the camera/Take photos/Record videos

4 View photos and videos

5 Take photos or record video clips

6 Go back a step or exit the camera

7 Capturing mode settings icon

8 Camera settings icon and shortcut icons

9 Front camera

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6E27C077-E3B0-4F89-B463-8F1BC8016007


9

To take a photo from the lock screen

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-981E3E0B-ED63-40BC-9450-82D67F92A373

To take a photo from the lockscreen

6

1


2

To activate the camera, touch and hold and drag upwards.

3

After the camera opens, tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-981E3E0B-ED63-40BC-9450-82D67F92A373

To take a photo from the lockscreen

6

To take a photo using the camera key

GUID GUID-962E2F79-7647-42C7-9A15-B076E0898AB3

Title

Version


5

1

Activate the camera.

2

Press the camera key fully down.

GUID

Title

GUID-962E2F79-7647-42C7-9A15-B076E0898AB3


112


Version 5

To take a photo by tapping the on-screen camera button

GUID

Title

GUID-4622B323-F548-476E-8173-532072C9BCB0

To take a photo by tapping the on-screen button

Version 3

1


2

Point the camera towards the subject.

3

Tap the on-screen camera button . The photo is taken as soon as you release your finger.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4622B323-F548-476E-8173-532072C9BCB0

To take a photo by tapping the on-screen button

3

To take a self-portrait using the front camera

GUID

Title

GUID-8BA01D91-C162-4CA5-8799-3DFD5099BA0C

To take a self-portrait

Version 10

1


2

Tap .

3

To take the photo, press the camera key. The photo is taken as soon as you release your finger.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8BA01D91-C162-4CA5-8799-3DFD5099BA0C

To take a self-portrait

10

To use the still camera flash

GUID

Title

GUID-6075BDDE-DDAA-43BC-8CBB-12AF5C8109DB


Version 6

1

When the camera is open, tap .

2

Select your desired flash setting.

3

Take the photo.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6075BDDE-DDAA-43BC-8CBB-12AF5C8109DB


6

To record a video using the camera key

GUID GUID-77DC2CA9-B6A6-447C-8FFB-42EA365E6169

Title

Version

To record a video using the shutter key

6

1


2

Tap , and select .

3

If the video camera is not selected, tap .

4

To start recording a video, press the camera key.

5

To stop recording, press the camera key again.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-77DC2CA9-B6A6-447C-8FFB-42EA365E6169

To record a video using the shutter key

6

To record a video by tapping the screen

GUID GUID-02644258-588E-4C5E-8826-2638BE96058B

Title

Version

To record a video by tapping the on-screen button

4.1.1

1


2

Point the camera towards the subject.

3

Tap to start recording.

4

Tap to stop recording.

This function is only available in

Superior auto capturing mode.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-02644258-588E-4C5E-8826-2638BE96058B

To record a video by tapping the on-screen button

4.1.1

To view your photos and videos

GUID GUID-1CFA9AEF-6B82-4035-BE17-EFCFF649267A

113


Title To view your photos and videos

Version 1

1

Activate the camera, then tap a thumbnail to open a photo or video.

2

Flick left or right to view your photos and videos.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1CFA9AEF-6B82-4035-BE17-EFCFF649267A

To view your photos and videos

1

To delete a photo or recorded video

GUID

Title

GUID-CB8AB869-69E0-4FB7-8067-497EC1ACCC9F


Version 1

1

Browse to the photo or video that you want to delete.

2

Tap the screen to make appear.

3

Tap .

4

Tap

Delete to confirm.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CB8AB869-69E0-4FB7-8067-497EC1ACCC9F


1

Face detection

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-63D9E56D-F38F-4859-BBDB-87F159FC263F

Face detection

2

You can use face detection to bring an off-centre face into focus. The camera automatically detects up to five faces, indicated by white frames. A yellow frame shows which face has been selected for focus. Focus is set to the face closest to the camera. You can also tap one of the frames to select which face should be in focus.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-63D9E56D-F38F-4859-BBDB-87F159FC263F

Face detection

2

To turn on face detection

GUID

Title

GUID-5A0ADE83-3ACE-4509-8387-91471C221D56

To set face detection

Version 11

1


2

Tap , then select .

3

Tap , then tap .

4

Tap

Focus mode > Face detection.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5A0ADE83-3ACE-4509-8387-91471C221D56

To set face detection

11

To take a photo using face detection

GUID GUID-EFCD189A-01A1-4B22-A685-F15358A3C14A

Title

Version


7

1

When the camera is open and

Face detection turned on, point the camera at your subject. Up to five faces can be detected, and each detected face is framed.

2

Press the camera key halfway down. A coloured frame shows which face is in focus.

3

To take the photo, press the camera key fully down.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-EFCD189A-01A1-4B22-A685-F15358A3C14A


7

Using Smile Shutter™ to capture smiling faces

GUID

Title

GUID-77C6CF85-B277-4D09-995B-C19F88AC0FBE

Smile detection

114


Version 4

Use Smile Shutter™ technology to photograph a face just as it smiles. The camera detects up to five faces and selects one face for smile detection and auto focus.

When the selected face smiles, the camera automatically takes a photo.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-77C6CF85-B277-4D09-995B-C19F88AC0FBE

Smile detection

4

To turn on Smile Shutter™

GUID

Title

GUID-65983621-42FC-4F42-8CF8-06C2A05ABBE4

To set smile detection

Version 11

1


2

Tap , then tap

3

Tap

Smile Shutter and select a smile level.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-65983621-42FC-4F42-8CF8-06C2A05ABBE4

To set smile detection

11

To take a photo using Smile Shutter™

GUID GUID-4AFCD885-96FC-408B-BE91-7BAA76C90ADD

Title

Version

To take a photo using smile detection

11

1

When the camera is open and Smile Shutter™ is turned on, point the camera at your subject. The camera selects which face to focus on.

2

The face selected appears inside a coloured frame and the photo is taken automatically.

3

If no smile is detected, press the camera key to take the photo manually.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4AFCD885-96FC-408B-BE91-7BAA76C90ADD

To take a photo using smile detection

11

Adding the geographical position to your photos

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DBEA8510-B4CD-4F62-8720-DA299E7B3EC8


5

Turn on geotagging to add the approximate geographical location (a geotag) to photos when you take them. The geographical location is determined either by wireless networks (mobile or Wi-Fi® networks) or GPS technology.

When appears on the camera screen, geotagging is turned on but the geographical position has not been found. When appears, geotagging is turned on and the geographical location is available, so your photo can get geotagged. When neither of these two symbols appears, geotagging is turned off.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DBEA8510-B4CD-4F62-8720-DA299E7B3EC8


5

To turn on geotagging

GUID

Title

GUID-1DF05979-1001-4B28-B041-BFB6FFDFA30A


Version 14

1


2

Tap

Settings > Location.

3


Location to the right.

4


5

Tap , then tap .

6


Geotagging to the right.

7

Tap

OK.

GUID

Title

GUID-1DF05979-1001-4B28-B041-BFB6FFDFA30A


115


Version 14

General camera settings

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AC0B28A4-99D7-435B-A752-AA3457A761D1


1

GUID-AC0B28A4-99D7-435B-A752-AA3457A761D1


1

Capturing mode settings overview

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-64A042D0-EE80-4E33-99DD-A4E435CA3E57

Capturing mode settings overview - Honami JB MR2

4

Superior auto

Optimise your settings to suit any scene.

Manual

Adjust camera settings manually.

AR effect

Take photos with virtual scenes and characters.

Creative effect

Apply effects to photos or videos.

Timeshift burst

Find the best photo from a burst of images.

Social live

Broadcast live video to Facebook™.

Sweep Panorama

Use this setting to take wide-angle, panoramic photos. Just press the camera key and move the camera steadily from one side to the other.

Portrait retouch

Take photos with real-time portrait styles.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-64A042D0-EE80-4E33-99DD-A4E435CA3E57

Capturing mode settings overview - Honami JB MR2

4

Superior auto

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8E6ACFA7-065D-4988-99B6-0527A6CED348

Superior auto

1

Superior auto mode detects the conditions in which you are shooting and automatically adjusts the settings to ensure that you take the best photo possible.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8E6ACFA7-065D-4988-99B6-0527A6CED348

Superior auto

1

Manual mode

GUID

Title

GUID-C6EE7B04-FEF1-44AF-A572-28692A1EC551

Manual mode

Version 1

Use Manual mode when you want to manually adjust your camera settings for taking photos and videos.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C6EE7B04-FEF1-44AF-A572-28692A1EC551

Manual mode

1

GUID

Title

AR effect

GUID-09169034-D338-48BA-AFAD-58B4BC7635D5

AR effect

116


Version 1

You can apply AR (augmented reality) effects to your photos and make them more fun. This setting lets you integrate 3D scenes into your photos as you take them. Just select the scene you want and adjust its position in the viewfinder.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-09169034-D338-48BA-AFAD-58B4BC7635D5

AR effect

1

Creative effect

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-99D15D38-CEBB-49E4-A29C-5279AACE4E02

Creative effect

1

You can apply different effects on your photos or videos. For example, you can add a

Nostalgic effect to make photos look older or a Sketch effect for a more fun image.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-99D15D38-CEBB-49E4-A29C-5279AACE4E02

Creative effect

1

Timeshift burst

GUID

Title

GUID-B313AFB7-9794-4886-9B8B-BF09DD6691C4

Timeshift burst

Version 1

The camera takes a burst of 61 photos in a window of two seconds – one second before and after you press the camera key. So you can go back and find the perfect image.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B313AFB7-9794-4886-9B8B-BF09DD6691C4

Timeshift burst

1

To use Timeshift burst

GUID

Title

GUID-11E445D0-671F-45F0-BC57-103D04749175

To take a photo using Timeshift burst

Version 1

1


2

Tap , then select .

3

To take photos, press the camera key fully down and then release it. The photos taken appear in thumbnail view.

4

Scroll through the thumbnails and select the photo that you want to save, then tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-11E445D0-671F-45F0-BC57-103D04749175

To take a photo using Timeshift burst

1

Social live

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3C3C87A7-E650-4DBF-B469-2DEEEEADED13

Social live

1

Social live is a camera shooting mode that lets you stream video live to your

Facebook™ page. You just need to have an active internet connection and be logged into Facebook™. Videos can be up to 10 minutes long.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3C3C87A7-E650-4DBF-B469-2DEEEEADED13

Social live

1

To broadcast live video using Social live

GUID

Title

GUID-D338AA56-424F-43A4-A2D2-D6A7873DE7B5


Version 1

1


2

Tap , then select .

3

Log in to your Facebook™ account.

4

Tap to start broadcasting.

5

To take a photo during the broadcast, tap .

6

To stop broadcasting, tap .

117


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D338AA56-424F-43A4-A2D2-D6A7873DE7B5


1

Portrait retouch

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CCF0E786-0333-4BE5-8B3E-CE8F25FE33EA

Portrait retouch

1

Use this feature to apply touch-up effects to portrait photos as you take them so that you ensure the best results.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CCF0E786-0333-4BE5-8B3E-CE8F25FE33EA

Portrait retouch

1

To use the Portrait retouch feature

GUID

Title

GUID-80B90DAC-3817-4B87-A0AE-9E1C7227EC6A

To use Portrait retouch

Version 1

1


2

Tap , then tap .

3

Tap and select the portrait style that you want to apply to the photo.

4

To delete the applied portrait style, tap the subject's face on the camera screen.

5

To compare the applied portrait style with the original portrait, touch and hold the camera screen.

6

To take a photo, press the camera key fully down and then release it.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-80B90DAC-3817-4B87-A0AE-9E1C7227EC6A

To use Portrait retouch

1

Quick launch

GUID

Title

GUID-A3E21A95-B04C-455D-95F0-7A70EAA0EF9D

Quick launch

Version 7

Use Quick launch settings to launch the camera when the screen is locked.

Launch only

When this setting is activated, you can launch the camera when the screen is locked by pressing and holding down the camera key.

Launch and capture

When this setting is activated, you can launch the camera and capture a photo automatically when the screen is locked by pressing and holding down the camera key.

Launch and record video

When this setting is activated, you can launch the camera and start capturing video when the screen is locked by pressing and holding down the camera key.

Off

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A3E21A95-B04C-455D-95F0-7A70EAA0EF9D

Quick launch

7

Geotagging

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7CA8028F-3C9B-47C4-82E6-EBECC45818EF

Geotagging - separated from Still camera settings

5

Tag photos with details of where you took them.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7CA8028F-3C9B-47C4-82E6-EBECC45818EF

Geotagging - separated from Still camera settings

5

GUID

Title

Touch capture

GUID-6F453966-3773-4C86-8B4D-7BA72FEDC47E

Touch capture - for both Still and video camera settings

118


Version 3

Identify a focus area, and then touch the camera screen with your finger. The photo is taken as soon as you release your finger.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6F453966-3773-4C86-8B4D-7BA72FEDC47E

Touch capture - for both Still and video camera settings

3

Data storage

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-86D0BE1A-D724-4F2A-A75F-87BD85ADF4D6

Data storage - separated from both Still and Video camera settings

2

You can choose to save your data either to a removable SD card or to your device's internal storage.

Internal storage

Photos or videos are saved on the device memory.

SD card

Photos or videos are saved on the SD card.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-86D0BE1A-D724-4F2A-A75F-87BD85ADF4D6

Data storage - separated from both Still and Video camera settings

2

White balance

GUID

Title

GUID-CCD95519-AFAE-4267-9515-C7C64AEF3A86

White balance - separated from Still camera settings

Version 4

This function adjusts the colour balance according to the lighting conditions. The white balance setting icon is available on the camera screen.

Auto

Adjusts the colour balance automatically to suit the lighting conditions.

Incandescent

Adjusts the colour balance for warm lighting conditions, such as under light bulbs.

Fluorescent

Adjusts the colour balance for fluorescent lighting.

Daylight

Adjusts the colour balance for sunny outdoor conditions.

Cloudy

Adjusts the colour balance for a cloudy sky.

This setting is only available in

Manual capturing mode.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CCD95519-AFAE-4267-9515-C7C64AEF3A86

White balance - separated from Still camera settings

4

Still camera settings

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2D0BFF4E-8F39-4AD6-9126-43093042FC18

Using still camera settings

3

GUID-2D0BFF4E-8F39-4AD6-9126-43093042FC18

Using still camera settings

3

To adjust the still camera settings

GUID

Title

GUID-FD8232A8-DD3A-4B07-9782-F50929353DFB

To select still camera settings

Version 5

1


2

To display all settings, tap .

3

Select the setting that you want to adjust, then edit as desired.

GUID GUID-FD8232A8-DD3A-4B07-9782-F50929353DFB

119


Title

Version

To select still camera settings

5

Still camera settings overview

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D8AFAD06-81E4-446A-B2B8-5F965BC263AB

Still camera settings overview - separated from Still camera settings

5

GUID-D8AFAD06-81E4-446A-B2B8-5F965BC263AB

Still camera settings overview - separated from Still camera settings

5

Resolution

GUID

Title

GUID-AC210639-63D0-4D71-A124-4E1CA0B3FD99

Resolution - Amami

Version 3

Choose between several resolutions and aspect ratios before taking a photo. A photo with a higher resolution requires more memory.

8MP

3264×2448(4:3)

8 megapixel resolution with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on non-widescreen displays or print in high resolution.

5MP

3104×1746(16:9)

5 megapixel picture size with 16:9 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos that you want to view on nonwidescreen displays or print in high resolution.

2MP

1920×1080(16:9)

2 megapixel resolution with 16:9 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on widescreen displays.



GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AC210639-63D0-4D71-A124-4E1CA0B3FD99

Resolution - Amami

3

Self-timer

GUID

Title

GUID-F58EF0AC-D869-4017-ACFA-0D971DC83DCE

Self-timer - separated from Still camera overview

Version 4

With the self-timer you can take a photo without holding the device. Use this function to take self-portraits, or group photos where everyone can be in the photo. You can also use the self-timer to avoid shaking the camera when taking photos.

On (10 sec.)

Set a 10-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the photo is taken.

On (2 sec.)

Set a 2-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the photo is taken.

Off

The photo is taken as soon as you tap the camera screen.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F58EF0AC-D869-4017-ACFA-0D971DC83DCE

Self-timer - separated from Still camera overview

4

Smile Shutter™

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D65717B3-5AB0-4C82-A1BE-8F0996B7FB5B

Smile detection - separated from Still camera settings

3

Use the Smile Shutter™ function to determine what kind of smile the camera reacts to before taking a photo.

GUID

Title

GUID-D65717B3-5AB0-4C82-A1BE-8F0996B7FB5B

Smile detection - separated from Still camera settings

120


Version 3

Focus mode

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9554F8D4-BDAB-4479-8A03-C5041ECA6385

Focus mode - separated from Still camera settings

5.3.4

The focus function controls which part of a photo should be sharp. When continuous autofocus is on, the camera keeps adjusting focus so that the area within the coloured focus frame stays sharp.

Single autofocus

The camera automatically focuses on the selected subject. Continuous autofocus is on. Touch and hold the camera screen until the yellow focus frame turns blue, indicating that the focus is set. The photo is taken when you release your finger.

Face detection

The camera automatically detects up to five human faces, indicated by frames on the screen. The camera automatically focuses on the nearest face. You can also select which face to focus on by tapping it on the screen. When you tap the camera screen, a blue frame shows which face is selected and in focus. Face detection cannot be used for all scene types. Continuous autofocus is on.

Touch focus

Touch a specific area on the camera screen to set the area of focus. Continuous autofocus is off. Touch and hold the camera screen until the yellow focus frame turns blue, indicating that the focus is set. The photo is taken when you release your finger.

Object tracking

When you select an object by touching it in the viewfinder, the camera tracks it for you.



GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9554F8D4-BDAB-4479-8A03-C5041ECA6385

Focus mode - separated from Still camera settings

5.3.4

HDR

GUID

Title

GUID-BA0E0681-02F9-43FD-90AC-C6766538D74E

HDR - camera

Version 3

Use the HDR (High Dynamic Range) setting to take a photo against strong back light or in conditions where the contrast is sharp. HDR compensates for the loss of detail and produces a picture that is representative of both dark and bright areas.



GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BA0E0681-02F9-43FD-90AC-C6766538D74E

HDR - camera

3

ISO

GUID

Title

GUID-EBC172A1-DE26-4D17-84F4-89DFB71D3277

ISO - separated from Still camera settings

Version 5.1.1

You can reduce image blurring caused by dark conditions or moving subjects by increasing the ISO sensitivity.

Auto

Sets the ISO sensitivity automatically.

100

Sets the ISO sensitivity to 100.

200


400


800


1600

121





GUID

Title

Version

GUID-EBC172A1-DE26-4D17-84F4-89DFB71D3277

ISO - separated from Still camera settings

5.1.1

Metering

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-37A6CA5A-3FEC-4530-B7BA-56B28971279D

Metering - separated from Still camera settings

5

This function automatically determines a well-balanced exposure by measuring the amount of light striking the image you want to capture.

Center

Adjusts the exposure to the centre of the image.

Average

Calculates the exposure based on the amount of light striking the whole image.

Spot

Adjusts the exposure in a very small part of the image that you want to capture.



GUID

Title

Version



5

Image stabiliser

GUID

Title

GUID-5C247A77-68D8-43C5-B54C-F7AC962C69E7

Image stabiliser - separated from Still camera settings

Version 3

When taking a photo, it can be difficult to hold the device steady. The stabiliser helps you by compensating for small movements of the hand.



GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5C247A77-68D8-43C5-B54C-F7AC962C69E7

Image stabiliser - separated from Still camera settings

3

Preview

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B371194F-AA5E-412A-BB97-412E22A9118C

Preview - separated from still camera settings

4

You can choose to preview photos or videos just after you shoot them.

Unlimited

The preview of the photo or video appears after you shoot it.

5 seconds

The preview of the photo or video apears for 5 seconds after you shoot it.

3 seconds

The preview of the photo or video appears for 3 seconds after you shoot it.

Edit

The photo or video opens for editing after you shoot it.

Off

The photo or video is saved after you shoot it, and no preview appears.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B371194F-AA5E-412A-BB97-412E22A9118C

Preview - separated from still camera settings

4

Face registration

GUID GUID-A7B54FC0-8E4C-4927-9FA6-79924B74FD91

122


Title

Version

Face registration - Still camera settings

1

You can register faces with the Camera application so that the viewfinder automatically focuses on these faces when they appear in the viewfinder.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A7B54FC0-8E4C-4927-9FA6-79924B74FD91

Face registration - Still camera settings

1

Flash

GUID

Title

GUID-53732C87-D236-4E9D-A3DB-419A332ADCAA

Flash - separated from Still camera settings

Version 3

Use the flash to take photos when lighting conditions are poor or when there is a backlight. The following options are available when you tap the flash icon in the camera screen:

Auto

The camera automatically determines if the lighting conditions require the use of a flash.

Fill flash

Use this setting when the background is brighter than the subject. This removes unwanted dark shadows.

Red-eye reduction

Reduces the red colour of eyes when taking a photo.

Off

The flash is turned off. Sometimes photo quality can be better without the flash, even if lighting conditions are poor. Taking a good photo without using the flash requires a steady hand. Use the self-timer to avoid blurred photos.

Flashlight

A torch or camera light is turned on when you take photos.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-53732C87-D236-4E9D-A3DB-419A332ADCAA

Flash - separated from Still camera settings

3

Scene selection

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FA4B6BE3-5F6A-440A-8B08-A67C6E19A383

Scenes

7

Use the Scene selection feature to quickly set up the camera for common situations using pre-programmed scenes. The camera determines a number of settings for you to fit the selected scene, ensuring the best possible photo.

Off

The Scene selection feature is off and you can take photos manually.

Soft skin

Take photos of faces using an enhanced beauty effect.

Soft snap

Use for shooting photos against a soft background.

Anti motion blur

Use for minimising camera shake when shooting a slightly dark scene.

Landscape

Use for landscape photos. The camera focuses on distant objects.

Backlight correction HDR

Use to improve details in high contrast shots. The built-in backlight correction analyses the image and automatically adjusts it to give you a perfectly lit shot.

Night portrait

Use for portrait photos taken at night or in poorly lit environments. Due to long exposure time, the camera must be held still or placed on a stable surface.

Night scene

Use when taking photos at night or in poorly lit environments. Due to long exposure time, the camera must be held still or placed on a stable surface.

123


Hand-held twilight

Use for taking hand-held low-light photos with reduced noise and blur.

High sensitivity

Use for taking photos without a flash under low light conditions. Reduces blur.

Gourmet

Use for shooting food arrangements in bright colour.

Pet

Use for taking photos of your pet. Reduces blur and red eyes.

Beach

Use for taking photos of seaside or lakeside scenes.

Snow

Use in bright environments to avoid overexposed photos.

Party

Use for indoor photos in poorly lit environments. This scene picks up indoor background lighting or candlelight. Due to long exposure time, the camera must be held still or placed on a stable surface.

Sports

Use for photos of fast-moving objects. Short exposure time minimises motion blurring.

Document

Use for photos of text or drawings. Gives the photo increased, sharper contrast.

Fireworks

Use for taking photos of fireworks in all their splendour.



GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FA4B6BE3-5F6A-440A-8B08-A67C6E19A383

Scenes

7

Video camera settings

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-90BE8273-E40F-403A-A176-CB6A64CFAE44

Using the video camera

2

GUID-90BE8273-E40F-403A-A176-CB6A64CFAE44

Using the video camera

2

To adjust the video camera settings

GUID

Title

GUID-D55F26C3-5C2A-4588-9439-7D6642398DC5

To select video camera settings

Version 6

1


2

Tap one of the settings icons on the screen.

3

To display all settings, tap .

4

Select the setting that you want to adjust, then make your changes.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D55F26C3-5C2A-4588-9439-7D6642398DC5

To select video camera settings

6

Video camera settings overview

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-890099DB-D0D0-43C9-97DB-8036F9450CE1


1

GUID-890099DB-D0D0-43C9-97DB-8036F9450CE1


1

Video resolution

GUID

Title

GUID-7E69C4F2-7B4D-46FF-8C9B-7026429FB366

Video size - separated from Video camera settings

Version 3.1.1.1.2

Adjust the video resolution for different formats.

124


Full HD

1920×1080(16:9)

Full HD (Full High Definition) format with 16:9 aspect ratio. 1980×1080 pixels.

HD

1280×720(16:9)

HD (High Definition) format with 16:9 aspect ratio. 1280×720 pixels.

VGA

640×480(4:3)

VGA format with 4:3 aspect ratio.

MMS

Record videos suitable for sending in multimedia messages. The recording time of this video format is limited so that video files can fit in a multimedia message.



GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7E69C4F2-7B4D-46FF-8C9B-7026429FB366

Video size - separated from Video camera settings

3.1.1.1.2

Self-timer

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D819F98C-8A85-44F0-90E5-2478C221D341

Self-timer - separated from Video camera settings

3

With the self-timer you can record a video without holding the device. Use it to record group videos where everyone can be in the video. You can also use the self-timer to avoid shaking the camera when recording videos.

On (10 sec.)

Set a 10-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the video begins to record.

On (2 sec.)

Set a 2-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the video begins to record.

Off

The video begins to record as soon as you tap the camera screen.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D819F98C-8A85-44F0-90E5-2478C221D341

Self-timer - separated from Video camera settings

3

Smile Shutter™(video)

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D0C83903-4652-4B06-81E4-A149A9A23A47

Smile shutter(video)

1

Use the Smile Shutter™ function to determine what kind of smile the camera reacts to before recording a video.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D0C83903-4652-4B06-81E4-A149A9A23A47

Smile shutter(video)

1

Focus mode

GUID

Title

GUID-A90913F5-D710-413B-8710-073469C04CB2

Focus mode - separated from Video camera settings

Version 5

The focus setting controls which part of a video should be sharp. When continuous autofocus is on, the camera keeps adjusting focus so that the area within the white focus frame stays sharp.

Single autofocus

The camera automatically focuses on the selected subject. Continuous autofocus is on.

Face detection

The camera automatically detects up to five human faces, indicated by frames on the screen. The camera automatically focuses on the nearest face. You can also select which face to focus on by tapping it on the screen. When you tap the camera screen, a yellow frame shows which face is selected and in focus. Face detection cannot be used for all scene types. Continuous autofocus is on.

125


Object tracking

When you select an object by touching it in the viewfinder, the camera tracks it for you.



GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A90913F5-D710-413B-8710-073469C04CB2

Focus mode - separated from Video camera settings

5

HDR video

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-65A1A984-7995-4588-A86F-07C76DD284C8

Video HDR - video

3

Use the video HDR (High-Dynamic Range) setting to record a video against strong back light or in conditions where the contrast is sharp. Video HDR compensates for the loss of detail and produces a picture that is representative of both dark and bright areas.



GUID

Title

Version

GUID-65A1A984-7995-4588-A86F-07C76DD284C8

Video HDR - video

3

Metering

GUID

Title

Version



5

This function automatically determines a well-balanced exposure by measuring the amount of light striking the image you want to capture.

Center

Adjusts the exposure to the centre of the image.

Average

Calculates the exposure based on the amount of light striking the whole image.

Spot

Adjusts the exposure in a very small part of the image that you want to capture.



GUID

Title

Version



5

SteadyShot™

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BA0386BA-84CF-43F3-8E8E-C2FB51CED9F2

Image stabiliser - separated from Video camera settings

4

When recording a video, it can be difficult to hold the device steady. The stabiliser helps you by compensating for small movements of the hand.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BA0386BA-84CF-43F3-8E8E-C2FB51CED9F2

Image stabiliser - separated from Video camera settings

4

Microphone

GUID

Title

GUID-D1755DC3-3516-47EA-8FCB-919814BC27EB

Microphone - separated from Video camera settings

Version 1

Select whether to pick up the surrounding sound when recording videos.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D1755DC3-3516-47EA-8FCB-919814BC27EB

Microphone - separated from Video camera settings

1

Preview

GUID GUID-B3718AE6-365F-4589-8C5F-C91D6ECD7E17

126


Title

Version

Preview - separated from video camera settings

1

You can choose to preview videos just after you shoot them.

On

The preview of the video appears after you shoot it.

Edit

The video opens for editing after you shoot it.

Off

The video is saved after you shoot it, and no preview appears.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B3718AE6-365F-4589-8C5F-C91D6ECD7E17

Preview - separated from video camera settings

1

Flash

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-22275FDC-E9F8-4B46-A010-CF9A49DE8F58

Flash (Photo light) - separated from Video camera settings

2

Use the flash light to record videos when lighting conditions are poor or when there is a backlight. The video flash icon is only available on the video camera screen.

Note that the video quality can sometimes be better without a light even if lighting conditions are poor.

On

Off

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-22275FDC-E9F8-4B46-A010-CF9A49DE8F58

Flash (Photo light) - separated from Video camera settings

2

Scene selection

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5EDE7E57-7ED0-4F23-B63E-07FFE0EDB131

Scenes - separated from Video camera settings

7.2.1

The Scene selection feature helps you to quickly set up the camera for common situations using pre-programmed video scenes. The camera determines a number of settings for you to fit the selected scene, ensuring the best possible video.

Off

The Scene selection feature is off and you can shoot videos manually.

Soft snap

Use for shooting videos against soft backgrounds.

Landscape

Use for videos of landscapes. The camera focuses on distant objects.

Night

When turned on, light sensitivity is increased. Use in poorly lit environments. Videos of fastmoving objects may get blurred. Hold your hand steady, or use a support. Turn off night mode when lighting conditions are good, to improve the video quality.

Beach

Use for videos of seaside or lakeside scenes.

Snow

Use in bright environments to avoid overexposed videos.

Sports

Use for videos of fast-moving objects. Short exposure time minimises motion blurring.

Party

Use for indoor videos in poorly lit environments. This scene picks up indoor background lighting or candlelight. Videos of fast-moving objects may get blurred. Hold your hand steady, or use a support.



127


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5EDE7E57-7ED0-4F23-B63E-07FFE0EDB131

Scenes - separated from Video camera settings

7.2.1

128


Photos and videos in Album

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C9C9DC20-84F0-433F-9E0C-58124EC6DC3F

Album

2

GUID-C9C9DC20-84F0-433F-9E0C-58124EC6DC3F

Album

2

Viewing photos and videos

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0C711360-DD0E-4CB8-ACA5-9A658EE68F7D

About Album

8

Use the Album application to view photos and play videos that you’ve taken with your camera, or to view similar content that you've saved to your device. All photos and videos are displayed in a chronologically ordered grid.

1 Tap the icon to open the Album home screen menu

2 View menu options

3 Display a slideshow of all your images, or the ones you added to favorites

4 Drag the left edge of the screen to the right to open the Album home screen menu

5 The date of items in the group

6 Tap a photo or video to view it


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0C711360-DD0E-4CB8-ACA5-9A658EE68F7D

About Album

8

To view photos and videos

GUID GUID-9E9154B9-0E5F-460C-9ED7-78C88771BEC4

Title

Version


12

1


2

Find and tap

Album.

3

Tap a photo or video to view it.

4

Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photo or video.

GUID

Title

If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways, mark the

Auto-rotate screen checkbox under Settings > Display.

GUID-9E9154B9-0E5F-460C-9ED7-78C88771BEC4


129


Version 12

To change the size of the thumbnails

GUID

Title

GUID-CEAF453F-B0F8-41B0-822B-CA2B33FDC1FF

To change the size of the photo and video thumbnails in Album

Version 4

•

When viewing thumbnails of photos and videos in Album, spread two fingers apart to zoom in, or pinch two fingers together to zoom out.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CEAF453F-B0F8-41B0-822B-CA2B33FDC1FF

To change the size of the photo and video thumbnails in Album

4

To zoom a photo

GUID GUID-FA6FB193-0FB8-4C87-9768-B43CEFBA44A0

Title

Version

To zoom a photo

7

•

When you are viewing a photo, spread two fingers apart to zoom in, or pinch two fingers together to zoom out.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FA6FB193-0FB8-4C87-9768-B43CEFBA44A0

To zoom a photo

7

To watch a slideshow of your photos

GUID

Title

GUID-ED692E31-B1E1-4A66-BA4A-3E41B1CAC491


Version 6

1

When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap

>

Slideshow to start playing all the photos in an album.

2

Tap a photo to end the slideshow.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-ED692E31-B1E1-4A66-BA4A-3E41B1CAC491


6

To watch a slideshow of your photos with music

GUID GUID-909BEA45-DC15-4EC4-AB19-328F878A9060

Title

Version


1.1.1

1


>

SensMe™ slideshow.

2

Select the music and theme that you want to use for the slideshow, then tap

. The Album application analyses your photos and uses SensMe™ music data to play a slideshow.

3

To pause playing, tap the screen to display the controls, then tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-909BEA45-DC15-4EC4-AB19-328F878A9060


1.1.1

To play a video

GUID

Title

GUID-F785DB32-33A8-44C6-AD5C-001BC1E7C4A7

To play a video

Version 11

1

In Album, find and tap the video that you want to play.

2

Tap

Movies > Just once.

3

If the playback controls are not displayed, tap the screen to display them. To hide the controls, tap the screen again.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F785DB32-33A8-44C6-AD5C-001BC1E7C4A7

To play a video

11

To pause a video

GUID

Title

GUID-2F1D89FD-3370-4BD6-872E-6628B924E265

To pause a video

Version 2

1

When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.

2

Tap .

GUID

Title

GUID-2F1D89FD-3370-4BD6-872E-6628B924E265

To pause a video

130


Version 2

To fast forward and rewind a video

GUID

Title

GUID-A785999B-662F-4020-8B3F-69AAF7D57C5E


Version 3

1

When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.

2

Drag the progress bar marker left to rewind, or right to fast forward.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A785999B-662F-4020-8B3F-69AAF7D57C5E


3

To adjust the volume of a video

GUID

Title

GUID-27C5332E-2A2B-47EE-AB0C-18F12067FDB8


Version 3

•

Press the volume key.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-27C5332E-2A2B-47EE-AB0C-18F12067FDB8


3

Sharing and managing photos and videos

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-ADC46697-50D7-4C66-978F-F384F4DA0D8D

Working with photos in Album

5

You can share photos and videos that you’ve stored on your device. You can also manage them in different ways. For example, you can work with photos in batches, delete photos and link them to contacts.

You might not be able to copy, send or transfer copyright-protected items. Also, some items may not send if the file size is too large.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-ADC46697-50D7-4C66-978F-F384F4DA0D8D

Working with photos in Album

5

To share a photo or video

GUID

Title

GUID-8FD74D8D-4AAA-41BA-B121-428EEABE725B

To share a photo

Version 8

1

In Album, find and tap the photo or video that you want to share.

2

Tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap .

3

Tap the application that you want to use to share the photo, then follow the steps to send it.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8FD74D8D-4AAA-41BA-B121-428EEABE725B

To share a photo

8

To use a photo as a contact picture

GUID

Title

GUID-2D55DBAF-01F3-4899-B600-CFC1C77B0972


Version 10

1


>

Use as > Contact picture.

2

If asked, select

Contacts > Just once, then select a contact.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2D55DBAF-01F3-4899-B600-CFC1C77B0972


10

To use a photo as wallpaper

GUID GUID-E34C413D-B8EF-4053-B7A7-3A241D6CB8CA

Title

Version


9

1


>

Use as > Wallpaper.

2

Follow the instructions on the screen.

GUID GUID-E34C413D-B8EF-4053-B7A7-3A241D6CB8CA

131


Title

Version


9

To rotate a photo

GUID

Title

GUID-FC0207B6-9145-4A5C-87BC-01B5969CC3D1

To rotate a photo

Version 7

1


.

2

Select

Rotate. The photo is saved in the new orientation.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FC0207B6-9145-4A5C-87BC-01B5969CC3D1

To rotate a photo

7

To delete a photo or video

GUID

Title

GUID-1EECE26E-E89A-4E66-8B11-9441E0D8B89D

To delete a photo

Version 6

1


.

2

Tap

Delete.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1EECE26E-E89A-4E66-8B11-9441E0D8B89D

To delete a photo

6

To work with batches of photos or videos in Album

GUID

Title

GUID-5199D8F4-B9B0-4E8C-89D7-56DB01A9A010

To work with batches of photos or videos

Version 7

1

When viewing thumbnails of photos and videos in Album, tap , then tap

Select items.

2

Tap the items that you want to work with. Selected items are indicated by a blue frame.

3

Use the tools in the toolbars to work with your selected items.

To activate selection mode, you can also touch and hold an item until its frame turns blue.

Then you can tap other items to select them.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5199D8F4-B9B0-4E8C-89D7-56DB01A9A010

To work with batches of photos or videos

7

Analysing photos with faces in Album

GUID

Title

GUID-CAF912E8-705E-4454-9B93-1DA407255083

Analysing photos with faces

Version 3

You can analyse any photos on your device that feature people's faces. Once activated, the photo analysis feature stays on, and new photos get analysed as they are added. After running an analysis, you can then group all photos of the same person in one folder.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CAF912E8-705E-4454-9B93-1DA407255083

Analysing photos with faces

3

To turn on the photo analysis feature

GUID

Title

GUID-7AC9032C-AD11-470E-9D87-D3C3FF9458EF


Version 5

1


2

Find and tap

Album.

3

Drag the left edge of the Album home screen to the right, then tap

Faces. All photos on your device get analysed and grouped in the Unnamed faces folder.

GUID

Title

GUID-7AC9032C-AD11-470E-9D87-D3C3FF9458EF


132


Version 5

To name a face

GUID

Title

GUID-09F1ED28-4A6C-48CC-875F-EBA88F566193

To name a face

Version 3

1

In the

Faces tile, tap the Unnamed faces folder, then browse to the Other faces folder and choose the face that you want to name.

2

Tap

Add name.

3

Type a name, then tap

Done > Add as new person.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-09F1ED28-4A6C-48CC-875F-EBA88F566193

To name a face

3

To edit a face name

GUID

Title

GUID-5F513671-8DE9-4A62-982F-8CAF8EB3D9AB

To edit a face name

Version 2

1

When you are viewing a face in full screen view, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap >

Edit name tags.

2

Tap

OK.

3

Tap the name of the face that you want to edit.

4

Edit the name, then tap

Done >Add as new person.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5F513671-8DE9-4A62-982F-8CAF8EB3D9AB

To edit a face name

2

Editing photos with the Photo editor application

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B1DA6E8A-68DF-40B6-9BF2-391C18E01285

Editing photos

1

You can edit and apply effects to original photos that you’ve taken with your camera.

For example, you can change the light effects. After you save the edited photo, the original unchanged version of the photo remains on your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B1DA6E8A-68DF-40B6-9BF2-391C18E01285

Editing photos

1

To edit a photo

GUID

Title

GUID-3256B4EF-EC78-4F73-BB9F-2574825B4B99

To edit a photo

Version 3

•


.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-3256B4EF-EC78-4F73-BB9F-2574825B4B99

To edit a photo

3

To crop a photo

GUID

Title

GUID-C8189FB3-D445-4117-B326-AEDB6E254373

To crop a photo

133


Version 12.1.1.2.1

1


.

2

If prompted, select

Photo editor > Just once.

3

Tap >

Crop.

4

Select an option.

5

To adjust the crop frame, touch and hold the edge of the crop frame. When the squares at the edges disappear, drag inward or outward to resize the frame.

6

To resize all sides of the crop frame at the same time, touch and hold one of the four corners to make the squares at the edges disappear, then drag the corner accordingly.

7

To move the crop frame to another area of the photo, touch and hold inside the frame, then drag it to the desired position.

8

Tap

Apply.

9

To save a copy of the photo as you cropped it, tap

Save.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C8189FB3-D445-4117-B326-AEDB6E254373

To crop a photo

12.1.1.2.1

To apply special effects to a photo

GUID

Title

GUID-1D6C2B88-4A95-4AAE-AA9E-16AECFCCD042


Version 3

1


.

2

If prompted, select

Photo editor > Just once.

3

Tap , then select an option.

4

Edit the photo as desired, then tap

Save.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1D6C2B88-4A95-4AAE-AA9E-16AECFCCD042


3

Album home screen menu

GUID

Title

GUID-273C2005-04A8-41C1-9425-B2C4ACCD8120

Overview of Album home screen menu

Version 1.1.1

Through the Album home screen menu you can browse to all your photo albums, including albums of photos and videos taken with the camera as well as content that you share online via services such as PlayMemories Online, Picasa™ and Facebook.

Once you are logged in to such services, you can manage content, comment on photos and videos, and view comments from friends. From the Album application, you can also add geotags to photos, perform basic editing tasks, and use methods such as Bluetooth® wireless technology and email to share content.

1 View photos and videos using the PlayMemories Online service

2 Return to the Album application home screen

3 View all photos and videos taken with your device’s camera

134


4 View all photos and videos saved to your device in different folders

5 View your favorite photos and videos

6 View all photos with faces

7 View your photos on a map or in globe mode

8 View photos and videos on the same network

9 View photos and videos on Facebook™

10 View photos and videos on Picasa™

11 View photos using the Flickr™ online service

The PlayMemories Online service is not available in all countries or regions.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-273C2005-04A8-41C1-9425-B2C4ACCD8120

Overview of Album home screen menu

1.1.1

To view and add comments to online album content

GUID

Title

GUID-EB349C86-E7AC-4B9E-A8C4-E8276B331929


Version 2

1

When viewing a photo from an online album, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap to view the comments.

2

Enter your comments in the input field, then tap

Post.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-EB349C86-E7AC-4B9E-A8C4-E8276B331929


2

To "Like" a photo or video on Facebook™

GUID

Title

GUID-34B7D433-85CD-4664-A3AE-951412CE0161

To recommend a photo on Facebook™

Version 5

•

While viewing a photo or video from one of your Facebook™ albums, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap to show that you "Like" the item on

Facebook™.

GUID GUID-34B7D433-85CD-4664-A3AE-951412CE0161

Title

Version

To recommend a photo on Facebook™

5

Viewing your photos on a map

GUID

Title

GUID-5F3D09DC-6D63-40EB-AE7D-A1D4B8B0ABE3


Version 11

Adding location information to photos is referred to as geotagging. You can view and tag your photos on a map and show friends and family where you were when you took a particular photo. See

Adding the geographical position to your photos on page 115 for more information.

If you have turned on location detection and activated geotagging in the camera, you can tag your photos directly for map viewing at a later stage.

135


1 View geotagged photos in Globe view

2 Search a location on the map

3 View menu options

4 Double tap to zoom in. Pinch to zoom out. Drag to view different parts of the map

5 A group of photos and/or videos geotagged with the same location

6 Thumbnails of the selected group of photos and/or videos. Tap an item to view it in full screen

If several photos were taken at the same location, only one of them appears on the map. The total number of photos appears in the top right corner, for example, . To view all photos in the group, tap the cover photo and then tap one of the thumbnails at the bottom of the screen.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5F3D09DC-6D63-40EB-AE7D-A1D4B8B0ABE3


11

To add a geotag to a photo

GUID

Title

GUID-94B6D803-A114-4058-AF8D-CB219961DD33

To add a geotag when viewing a photo

Version 2

1


Tap to set location to open the map screen.

2

Find and tap the desired location to put the photo on the map.

3

To adjust the location of the photo, tap the location on the map to where you want to move the photo.

4


OK to save the geotag and return to the photo viewer.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-94B6D803-A114-4058-AF8D-CB219961DD33

To add a geotag when viewing a photo

2

To view geotagged photos on a map

GUID

Title

GUID-6ED5D2BE-F4C3-4957-B8EE-544F2EB007F2

To view geotagged photos on a map in Album

Version 9

1


2

Find and tap

Album.

3


Places.

4

Tap the photo that you want to view on a map.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6ED5D2BE-F4C3-4957-B8EE-544F2EB007F2

To view geotagged photos on a map in Album

9

To view geotagged photos on a globe

GUID GUID-058FF9EC-CDBF-414A-AC0B-2C89C9791CE0

136


Title To view geotagged photos in globe view

Version 3

1


2

Find and tap

Album.

3


Places > .

4

Tap the photo that you want to view on a globe.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-058FF9EC-CDBF-414A-AC0B-2C89C9791CE0

To view geotagged photos in globe view

3

To change the geotag of a photo

GUID

Title

GUID-C563C5E8-4E10-4BD9-A348-08F1A4A400DB

To edit the geotag of a photo in Album

Version 2

1

When viewing a photo on the map in Album, touch and hold the photo until its frame turns blue, then tap the desired location on the map.

2

Tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C563C5E8-4E10-4BD9-A348-08F1A4A400DB

To edit the geotag of a photo in Album

2

To change the map view

GUID

Title

GUID-000937D7-8E92-43F6-9EBD-157D5D4D21EB

To change the map view in Album

Version 4

•

When viewing the map in Album, tap , then select

Classic view or Satellite view.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-000937D7-8E92-43F6-9EBD-157D5D4D21EB

To change the map view in Album

4

137


Videos

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E90BB270-DDA0-44D1-A75B-BF0BEAAF4EC9

Videos

1

GUID-E90BB270-DDA0-44D1-A75B-BF0BEAAF4EC9

Videos

1

Watching videos in the Movies application

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-34487455-EEAA-4797-A93E-9F5D3FB7F00E

About Movies

5

Use the Movies application to play movies and other video content that you’ve saved or downloaded to your device. The Movies application also helps you get poster art, plot summaries, genre info and director details for each movie. You can also play your movies on other devices that are connected to the same network.

Some video files may not be playable in the Movies application.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-34487455-EEAA-4797-A93E-9F5D3FB7F00E

About Movies

5

GUID-33B65899-D71B-4F7F-9F49-CD7D5F53E95C

Overview of Movies

12.3.2.1.1

1 View menu options

2 Display the most recently played video

3 Drag the left edge of the screen to the right to browse all downloaded and saved videos

4 Tap to play saved or downloaded video files



GUID

Title

Version

GUID-33B65899-D71B-4F7F-9F49-CD7D5F53E95C

Overview of Movies

12.3.2.1.1

To play a video in Movies

GUID

Title

GUID-BB3F685B-DC8C-4C9A-8988-347CC7F28D2B


138


Version 4

1


Movies.

2

Find and tap the video that you want to play. If the video is not displayed on the screen, drag the left edge of the screen to the right to open the Movies home screen menu, then find and tap the video that you want to play.

3

To display or hide the controls, tap the screen.

4

To pause playing, tap . To resume playing, tap .

5

To rewind, drag the progress bar marker to the left. To fast forward, drag the progress bar marker to the right.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BB3F685B-DC8C-4C9A-8988-347CC7F28D2B


4

To play a video on an external device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C5049CCE-C12E-4772-9E8F-1481619786BF


2

1

When the video is playing, tap the screen to display all the controls.

2

Tap >

Throw.

3

Select an external device on which to play the video. If there is no external device available, follow the on-screen instructions to add one.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C5049CCE-C12E-4772-9E8F-1481619786BF


2

To change settings in Movies

GUID GUID-43457299-FEB5-4603-8FCD-2704516C40E1

Title

Version

To change the settings of Movies

2

1


Movies.

2

Tap >

Settings, then change the settings as desired.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-43457299-FEB5-4603-8FCD-2704516C40E1

To change the settings of Movies

2

To change the sound settings while a video is playing

GUID

Title

GUID-2E2A3369-4370-493A-A9AD-8A797853C20A

To change the sound settings when playing a video

Version 1

1

While a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.

2

Tap , then tap

Sound settings.

3

Mark the checkboxes for the sound settings that you want to activate.

4

When you're finished, tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2E2A3369-4370-493A-A9AD-8A797853C20A

To change the sound settings when playing a video

1

To share a video

GUID

Title

GUID-FA1344A1-1D81-4746-8FC6-5ECD464F44E6

To share a video

Version 2

1

When a video is playing, tap , then tap

Share.

2

In the menu that opens, tap the application that you want to use to share the selected video, then follow the relevant steps to send it.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FA1344A1-1D81-4746-8FC6-5ECD464F44E6

To share a video

2

Transferring video content to your device

GUID

Title

GUID-9080C420-CE7F-46A5-9E3D-7B1032A74172


139


Version 2.1.2

Before you start using the Movies application, it’s a good idea to transfer movies, TV shows and other video content to your device from other devices, such as a computer. There are several ways to transfer your content:

•

Connect your device to a computer using a USB cable and drag and drop the video files directly using the file manager application on the computer. See

Managing files using a computer on page 174.

•

If you have a PC, use the Media Go™ application from Sony to organise content and transfer video files to your device via the PC. To learn more and download the Media

Go™ application, go to http://mediago.sony.com/enu/features.

•

If your computer is an Apple® Mac®, you can use Sony Bridge for Mac to transfer video files from iTunes to your device. To learn more and download Sony Bridge for

Mac, go to www.sonymobile.com/global-en/tools/bridge-for-mac/.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9080C420-CE7F-46A5-9E3D-7B1032A74172


2.1.2

Managing video content

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1D0AD156-8864-431A-87A7-E5004C2ABF6C


1

GUID-1D0AD156-8864-431A-87A7-E5004C2ABF6C


1

To get movie information manually

GUID

Title

GUID-C90DB6C6-1213-4A7F-B71E-0EFA1B841361


Version 4.1.2

1

Make sure that your device has an active data connection.

2


Movies.

3

Drag the left edge of the screen to the right to open the Movies home screen menu, then browse through the different categories and to the video file that you want to get information.

4

Touch and hold the thumbnail for the video, then tap

Search for info.

5

In the search field, enter keywords for the video, then tap the confirm key on the keyboard. All matches are displayed in a list.

6

Select a search result, then tap

Done. The download of the information begins.

You can get information about newly added videos automatically every time the Movies application opens if you mark the

Get video details checkbox under Settings.

If the downloaded information is not correct, search again using different keywords.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C90DB6C6-1213-4A7F-B71E-0EFA1B841361


4.1.2

To clear information about a video

GUID GUID-7DC6C771-703A-4944-8C0F-DEE68A90FBD2

Title

Version


6

1


Movies.

2

Drag the left edge of the screen to the right to open the Movies home screen menu, then browse through the different categories and to the video file that you want to edit.

3

Touch and hold the video thumbnail, then tap

Clear info.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7DC6C771-703A-4944-8C0F-DEE68A90FBD2


6

To delete a video

GUID

Title

GUID-FF4AE431-C65B-4F9C-9E9A-BD782D59D6A6

To delete a video

140


Version 3

1


Movies.

2

Drag the left edge of the screen to the right to open the Movies home screen menu, then browse through the different categories and to the video file that you want to delete.

3

Touch and hold the video thumbnail, then tap

Delete from the list that appears.

4

Tap


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FF4AE431-C65B-4F9C-9E9A-BD782D59D6A6

To delete a video

3

Video Unlimited service

GUID

Title

GUID-ECD7AFE6-638C-403E-B141-21012DD658A3

About Video Unlimited

Version 5

Use the Video Unlimited service to rent and buy movies or TV shows that you can view not only on your Android™ device, but also on a PC, PlayStation

®

Portable

(PSP

®

), PlayStation

®

3 or PlayStation

®

Vita. Select your pick from the latest

Hollywood releases, action movies, comedies, classics, and a range of other categories.

You need to create a Video Unlimited account if you want to buy or rent movies through the Video Unlimited service. If you already have a PlayStation® network account or a Sony Entertainment Network account, then you can use that account instead.


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-ECD7AFE6-638C-403E-B141-21012DD658A3

About Video Unlimited

5

To get started with Video Unlimited

GUID

Title

GUID-B0A3D1DE-15B5-4311-BEB8-36FF867B08B7


Version 1

1


2

Find and tap .

3

If you are starting Video Unlimited for the first time, tap

Continue in the

Welcome screen and enter your birth date if required, then tap

Continue again to go to the main screen of Video Unlimited.

4

Tap >

Sign In, then follow the on-screen instructions to sign in to your account, or create a new account, to buy or rent movies.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B0A3D1DE-15B5-4311-BEB8-36FF867B08B7


1

141


Connectivity

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2DE0CED8-8C54-45E2-BBCA-EB06A8978D22

Connectivity

1

GUID-2DE0CED8-8C54-45E2-BBCA-EB06A8978D22

Connectivity

1

Mirroring the screen of your device wirelessly on a TV

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-EC8A4F11-748F-498C-B076-D53B371F169A


6

You can use Screen mirroring feature to show the screen of your device on a TV or other large display without using a cable connection. Wi-Fi Direct™ technology creates a wireless connection between the two devices, so you can sit back and enjoy your favourite photos from the comfort of your couch. You can also use this feature to listen to music from your device via the TV's speakers.

Your TV must support screen mirroring based on Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Miracast™ for the functionality described above to work. If your TV does not support screen mirroring, you may need to purchase a wireless display adapter separately.

When using screen mirroring, the image quality may sometimes be negatively impacted if there is interference from other Wi-Fi® networks.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-EC8A4F11-748F-498C-B076-D53B371F169A


6

To mirror the screen of your device on a TV screen

GUID

Title

GUID-43EA3640-D708-402E-A0DD-8C011F488422

To mirror your device screen on a TV

Version 5

1

TV: Follow the instructions in the User guide for your TV to turn on the screen mirroring function.

2 Your device: From your Home screen, tap .

3

Find and tap

Settings > Xperia™ Connectivity > Screen mirroring.

4

Tap

Turn on Screen mirroring and select the device to which you want to mirror content.

When using screen mirroring, do not cover the Wi-Fi antenna area of your device.

Your TV must support screen mirroring based on Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Miracast™ for the functionality described above to work.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-43EA3640-D708-402E-A0DD-8C011F488422

To mirror your device screen on a TV

5

Sharing content with DLNA Certified™ devices

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A89920CC-EDB6-4CFF-A765-A27DE555911B

Using the Connected devices feature to share files

8

You can view or play media content saved to your device on other devices such as, for example, a TV, or a computer. Such devices must be DLNA Certified™ by the

Digital Living Network Alliance and all devices must be connected to the same Wi-

Fi® network in order for content to be shared. You can also view or play content from other DLNA Certified™ devices on your device.

After you set up the sharing of content between devices, you can, for example, listen to music files stored on your home computer from your device, or view photos taken with your device's camera on a large-screen TV.

GUID

Title

GUID-A89920CC-EDB6-4CFF-A765-A27DE555911B

Using the Connected devices feature to share files

142


Version 8

Playing files from DLNA Certified™ devices on your device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-00FB7F2C-AC5B-40CB-8B7A-4B9F1DAAD699

Playing files from other devices on your phone

5

When you play files from another DLNA Certified™ device on your device, this other device acts as a server. In other words, it shares content over a network. The server device must have its content sharing function enabled and give access permission to your device. It also must be connected to the same Wi-Fi® network as your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-00FB7F2C-AC5B-40CB-8B7A-4B9F1DAAD699

Playing files from other devices on your phone

5

To play a shared track on your device

GUID

Title

GUID-793BA59D-C09E-4393-9935-1993AA924122

To play a shared track on your phone

Version 3

1

Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to the same Wi-Fi® network as your device.

2


WALKMAN.

3

Select a device from the list of connected devices.

4

Browse the folders of the connected device and select the track that you want to play. The track starts playing automatically.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-793BA59D-C09E-4393-9935-1993AA924122

To play a shared track on your phone

3

To play a shared video on your device

GUID

Title

GUID-86BF0ECD-897F-4839-A3A2-6EA8BA98F236

To play a shared video on your phone

Version 3

1


2


Movies.

3


4

Browse the folders of the connected device and select the video that you want to play.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-86BF0ECD-897F-4839-A3A2-6EA8BA98F236

To play a shared video on your phone

3

To view a shared photo on your device

GUID GUID-FC9F47BE-94A5-4AC3-B206-AB1BA8BA60D9

Title

Version

To view a shared photo on your phone

3

1


2


3

Find and tap

Album. All your available online albums and connected devices are displayed.

4


5

Browse the folders of the connected device and select a photo to view it.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FC9F47BE-94A5-4AC3-B206-AB1BA8BA60D9

To view a shared photo on your phone

3

Preparing to play content from your device on DLNA Certified™ devices

GUID

Title

GUID-F12966C1-E49E-47DE-9021-2F453A5A6C1A

Playing files from your device on DLNA Certified™ devices

Version 2

Before you can view or play media files from your device on other DLNA Certified™ devices, you must set up file sharing on your device. The devices that you share content with are called client devices. For example, a TV, computer or tablet can act as client devices. Your device works as a media server when it makes content

143


available to client devices. When you set up file sharing on your device, you must also give access permission to client devices. After you do so, such devices appear as registered devices. Devices that are waiting for access permission are listed as pending devices.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F12966C1-E49E-47DE-9021-2F453A5A6C1A

Playing files from your device on DLNA Certified™ devices

2

To set up file sharing with other DLNA Certified™ devices

GUID

Title

GUID-B95EA6EC-DFEE-4D0C-808A-7EDFCA85B9DA

To set up file sharing using the Connected devices feature

Version 11

1

Connect your device to a Wi-Fi® network.

2


3

Tap , then tap

Media server.

4

To turn on the

Share media function, drag the slider. appears in the status bar. Your device can now work as a media server.

5

Connect your computer or other devices to the same Wi-Fi® network as your device.

6

A notification appears in the status bar of your device. Open the notification and set the relevant access permissions for other devices.

The instructions described above may differ depending on the client devices used. Refer to your client device User guide for more information. If the device cannot connect, check that your Wi-Fi®network is working.

You can also access the

Media server menu under Settings > Xperia™ Connectivity > Media server settings. If you close the Media server view, the file sharing function stays running in the background.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B95EA6EC-DFEE-4D0C-808A-7EDFCA85B9DA

To set up file sharing using the Connected devices feature

11

To stop sharing files with other DLNA Certified™ devices

GUID

Title

GUID-2C90F93C-C384-458A-8304-A16052A200EA

To turn off the media server

Version 6

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Xperia™ Connectivity > Media server settings.

3


Share media to the left.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2C90F93C-C384-458A-8304-A16052A200EA

To turn off the media server

6

To set access permissions for a pending device

GUID

Title

GUID-066FC9A7-DBA3-4BBA-A1E5-53443EA60BC4

To set the access level of a pending client device

Version 5

1


2

Find and tap


3

Select a device from the

Pending devices list.

4

Select an access permission level.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-066FC9A7-DBA3-4BBA-A1E5-53443EA60BC4

To set the access level of a pending client device

5

To change the name of a registered device

GUID GUID-DF01091D-D2BB-40F9-93BB-E0C50438DEBA

Title

Version


6

1


2

Find and tap


3


Registered devices list, then select Change name.

4

Enter a new name for the device.

GUID

Title

GUID-DF01091D-D2BB-40F9-93BB-E0C50438DEBA


144


Version 6

To change the access level of a registered device

GUID

Title

GUID-8007B32F-DA74-47C8-91BB-80BED0C11249

To change the access level of a client device

Version 6

1


2

Find and tap


3


Registered devices list.

4

Tap

Change access level and select an option.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8007B32F-DA74-47C8-91BB-80BED0C11249

To change the access level of a client device

6

To get help about sharing content with other DLNA Certified™ devices

GUID

Title

GUID-A9A9ECB2-D77C-443F-B3BD-E56C08BF3C14

To view help information about Media server

Version 9

1


2

Find and tap


3

Tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A9A9ECB2-D77C-443F-B3BD-E56C08BF3C14

To view help information about Media server

9

Playing files on a Digital Media Renderer device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0707E2B4-E1A5-4333-AEAE-04ED332BF637

Playing your videos on other devices using DLNA

5

Using DLNA™ technology, you can push media content saved on your device to another device connected to the same Wi-Fi® network. The other device must be able to function as a Digital Media Renderer (DMR) device, which means that it can render, or play, content received from your device. A DMR device can be, for example, a TV with DLNA function, or a PC running Windows® 7 or higher.

The settings for enabling the Digital Media Renderer may vary depending on the device used.

Refer to the user guide for the respective device for more detailed information.

Content with Digital Rights Management (DRM) cannot be played on a Digital Media Renderer device using DLNA™ technology.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0707E2B4-E1A5-4333-AEAE-04ED332BF637

Playing your videos on other devices using DLNA

5

To view photos or videos from your device on a DMR device

GUID GUID-3E1387B9-5D26-4A2A-A6BF-B3A245D3848B

Title

Version

To open media files from your phone on another device

7

1

Make sure that you have correctly set up the DMR device and that it is connected to the same Wi-Fi® network as your device.

2


3

Find and tap

Album.

4

Browse to and open the file that you want to view.

5

Tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap and select a DMR device to share your content with. The selected files start playing in chronological order on the device that you select.

6

To disconnect from the DMR device, tap and select your device. The file stops playing on the DMR device but continues playing on your device.

GUID

Title

You can also share a video from the Movies application on your device by tapping the video and then tapping .

GUID-3E1387B9-5D26-4A2A-A6BF-B3A245D3848B

To open media files from your phone on another device

145


Version 7

To play a music track from your device on a DMR device

GUID

Title

GUID-F791072F-54AE-411C-AFE2-33FFECE143DB

To play a track from your phone on another device

Version 11

1

Make sure that you have correctly set up the DMR device and that it is connected to the same Wi-Fi® network as your device.

2


WALKMAN.

3

Select a music category and browse to the track that you want to share, then tap the track.

4

Tap and select a DMR device to share your content with. The track plays automatically on the device that you select.

5

To disconnect from the DMR device, tap and select your device. The track stops playing on the DMR device but continues playing on your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F791072F-54AE-411C-AFE2-33FFECE143DB

To play a track from your phone on another device

11

Playing games on a TV using a DUALSHOCK™3 wireless controller

GUID

Title

GUID-CC56EC03-794B-4CA7-909F-044608421ADA

Playing games on a TV using a DUALSHOCK™ wireless controller

Version 1

You can play PlayStation® Mobile games stored on your device on a TV and control the games using a DUALSHOCK™3 wireless controller. First you need to establish a wireless connection between the DUALSHOCK™3 wireless controller and your device, then you can connect your device with the TV using a cable.

To set up a connection between a DUALSHOCK™3 wireless controller and your device, a

USB On-The-Go adapter is required.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CC56EC03-794B-4CA7-909F-044608421ADA

Playing games on a TV using a DUALSHOCK™ wireless controller

1

To set up a connection with a DUALSHOCK™3 wireless controller

GUID

Title

GUID-0B263E45-6E13-47EB-8BE3-B43D55A3C0D7

To connect a DUALSHOCK™3 wireless controller to your device

146


Version 1

1

Make sure the Bluetooth® function on your device is turned on.

2

Connect a USB On-The-Go (OTG) adaptor to your device.

3

Connect the DUALSHOCK™3 wireless controller to the OTG adaptor using a

USB cable

4

When

Controller connected(wired) appears in the status bar at the top of your device screen, unplug the USB cable.

5

When

Controller connected(wireless) appears in the status bar, a wireless connection is established.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0B263E45-6E13-47EB-8BE3-B43D55A3C0D7

To connect a DUALSHOCK™3 wireless controller to your device

1

NFC

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4DA4B2B5-45C2-4A5D-B1AF-53404CCAAFC1

NFC

10

Use Near Field Communications (NFC) to share data with other devices, such as a video, photo, web page address, music file or contact. You can also use NFC to scan tags that give you more information about a product or service as well as tags that activate certain functions on your device.

NFC is a wireless technology with a maximum range of one centimetre, so the devices sharing data must be held close to each other. Before you can use NFC, you must first turn on the NFC function, and the screen of your device must be active.

NFC may not be available in all countries and/or regions.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4DA4B2B5-45C2-4A5D-B1AF-53404CCAAFC1

NFC

10

To turn on the NFC function

GUID GUID-FCB71F3A-AA5D-466D-A05D-706B9193962A

Title

Version


1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > More….

3

Mark the

NFC checkbox.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FCB71F3A-AA5D-466D-A05D-706B9193962A


1

To share a contact with another device using NFC

GUID

Title

GUID-A5FC1654-D575-4626-85E3-F27929134E72

To share a contact with another NFC phone

Version 6

1

Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that both screens are active.

2

To view contacts, go to your Home screen, tap , then tap .

3

Tap the contact that you want to share.

4

Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFC detection areas of each device touch each other. When the devices connect, a thumbnail of the contact appears.

5

Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.

6

When the transfer is done, the contact information is displayed on the screen of the receiving device and is also saved on the receiving device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A5FC1654-D575-4626-85E3-F27929134E72

To share a contact with another NFC phone

6

To share a music file with another device using NFC

GUID

Title

GUID-C3610A96-7DDF-4DD8-BDA2-1FF715EA0A49

To share a music file with another NFC phone

147


Version 12

1

Make sure that both your device and the receiving device have the NFC function turned on, and that both screens are active.

2

To open the Walkman® application, tap , then find and tap .

3

Select a music category and browse to the track you want to share.

4

Tap the track to play it. You can then tap to pause the track. The transfer works whether the track is playing or paused.

5

Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFC detection areas of each device touch each other. When the devices connect, a thumbnail of the track appears.

6


7

When the transfer is done, the music file plays immediately on the receiving device. At the same time, the file is saved on the receiving device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C3610A96-7DDF-4DD8-BDA2-1FF715EA0A49

To share a music file with another NFC phone

12

To share a photo or video with another device using NFC

GUID GUID-497460D2-9A06-40C3-BFA1-4328DF8FE10F

Title

Version

To share a photo or video with another NFC phone

8

1


2

To view photos and videos in your device, go to your Home screen, tap , then find and tap

Album.

3

Tap the photo or video that you want to share.

4


5


6

When the transfer is done, the photo or video is displayed on the screen of the receiving device. At the same time, the item is saved on the receiving device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-497460D2-9A06-40C3-BFA1-4328DF8FE10F

To share a photo or video with another NFC phone

8

To share a web address with another device using NFC

GUID

Title

GUID-07F451E1-A723-427E-98E5-FCDB65790FFC

To share a website address with another phone using NFC

Version 5

1


2


3

To open the web browser, find and tap .

4

Load the web page that you want to share.

5


6


7

When the transfer is done, the web page is displayed on the screen of the receiving device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-07F451E1-A723-427E-98E5-FCDB65790FFC

To share a website address with another phone using NFC

5

Scanning NFC tags

GUID

Title

GUID-ADBEF157-BCCC-408B-88D4-00FCDDD75F5D

Reading an NFC tag

Version 3

Your device can scan various kinds of NFC tags. For example, it can scan embedded tags on a poster, on a billboard advertisement, or beside a product in a retail store.

You can receive additional information, such as a web address.

GUID

Title

GUID-ADBEF157-BCCC-408B-88D4-00FCDDD75F5D

Reading an NFC tag

148


Version 3

To scan an NFC tag

GUID

Title

GUID-2D1E1C30-8574-4E6A-9CA4-07005D115490

To read an NFC tag

Version 4

1

Make sure that your device has the NFC function turned on and that the screen is active.

2

Place your device over the tag so that the NFC detection area touches it. Your device scans the tag and displays the content collected. Tap the content of the tag to open it.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2D1E1C30-8574-4E6A-9CA4-07005D115490

To read an NFC tag

4

Connecting to an NFC compatible device

GUID

Title

GUID-A923519B-5BA2-4369-9E94-23D64509E0EA

Connecting your phone to an NFC compatible accessory

Version 3

You can connect your device to other NFC compatible devices produced by Sony, such as a speaker or a headphone. When establishing this kind of connection, refer to the User guide of the compatible device for more information.

You may need to have Wi-Fi® or Bluetooth® activated on both devices for the connection to work.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A923519B-5BA2-4369-9E94-23D64509E0EA

Connecting your phone to an NFC compatible accessory

3

Bluetooth® wireless technology

GUID

Title

GUID-36689AFD-B450-4570-B637-F31FB56656F0

Bluetooth™ wireless technology

Version 12

Use the Bluetooth® function to send files to other Bluetooth® compatible devices, or to connect to handsfree accessories.Bluetooth® connections work better within 10 metres (33 feet), with no solid objects in between. In some cases you have to manually pair your device with other Bluetooth® devices.

Interoperability and compatibility among Bluetooth® devices can vary.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-36689AFD-B450-4570-B637-F31FB56656F0

Bluetooth™ wireless technology

12

To turn on the Bluetooth

®

function and make your device visible

GUID GUID-A0BC4F09-CC03-43FE-BF57-9D1239FB4499

Title

Version

To turn on the Bluetooth function and make your device visible

10

1


2

Find and tap

Settings.

3

Tap the on-off switch beside

Bluetooth so that the Bluetooth ® turned on.

function is

4

Tap

Bluetooth. Your device and a list of available Bluetooth ®

devices appear.

5

Tap your device name to make your device visible to other Bluetooth

®

devices.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A0BC4F09-CC03-43FE-BF57-9D1239FB4499

To turn on the Bluetooth function and make your device visible

10

To adjust your device's visibility time to other Bluetooth® devices

GUID

Title

GUID-E14A820F-8572-461D-BC89-2CCB9966818B

To adjust the visibility time before your device becomes invisible to other Bluetooth devices

149


Version 4

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Bluetooth.

3

Press and select

Visibility timeout.

4

Select an option.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E14A820F-8572-461D-BC89-2CCB9966818B

To adjust the visibility time before your device becomes invisible to other Bluetooth devices

4

Naming your device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D1C84F4D-7E49-414F-8672-7326B1002658

Device name

5

You can give your device a name. This name is shown to other devices after you have turned on the Bluetooth

®

function and your device is set to visible.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D1C84F4D-7E49-414F-8672-7326B1002658

Device name

5

To give your device a name

GUID

Title

GUID-6063BF5D-7D27-470A-9C86-B630131B6B08

To enter a device name

1

Version 12

Make sure that the Bluetooth

®

function is turned on.

2


3

Find and tap


4

Tap and select

Rename phone.

5

Enter a name for your device.

6

Tap

Rename.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6063BF5D-7D27-470A-9C86-B630131B6B08

To enter a device name

12

Pairing with another Bluetooth

®

device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C4D7D6FB-1BD3-4C5E-A7FF-5BFE54EDDF0A

Pairing with another Bluetooth device

7

When you pair your device with another device, you can, for example, connect your device to a Bluetooth

®

headset or a Bluetooth

®

car kit and use these other devices to share music.

Once you pair your device with another Bluetooth

®

device, your device remembers this pairing. When pairing your device with a Bluetooth

®

device, you may need to enter a passcode. Your device will automatically try the generic passcode 0000. If this does not work, refer to the user guide for your Bluetooth

®

device to get the device passcode. You do not need to re-enter the passcode the next time you connect to a previously paired Bluetooth

®

device.

Some Bluetooth

®

devices, for example, most Bluetooth

®

headsets, require you to both pair and connect with the other device.

You can pair your device with several Bluetooth

®

devices, but you can only connect to one

Bluetooth

®

profile at the same time.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C4D7D6FB-1BD3-4C5E-A7FF-5BFE54EDDF0A

Pairing with another Bluetooth device

7

To pair your device with another Bluetooth

®

device

GUID

Title

GUID-226704F7-A3B0-4FE9-A592-EB43A40DAA56

To pair your device with another Bluetooth device

150


1

Version 10

Make sure that the device you want to pair with has the Bluetooth

®

function activated and is visible to other Bluetooth

®

devices.

2

From your device’s Home screen, tap .

3

Find and tap

Settings > Bluetooth. All available Bluetooth ® list.

devices appear in a

4

Tap the Bluetooth

®

device that you want to pair with.

5

Enter a passcode, if required, or confirm the same passcode on both devices.

Your device and the other device are now paired.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-226704F7-A3B0-4FE9-A592-EB43A40DAA56

To pair your device with another Bluetooth device

10

To connect your device to another Bluetooth

®

device

GUID GUID-7EB7AADF-804F-460C-A176-ACA0F5C564B6

Title

Version

To connect your device to another Bluetooth device

9

1


2

Find and tap


3

Tap the Bluetooth

®

device to which you want to connect.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7EB7AADF-804F-460C-A176-ACA0F5C564B6

To connect your device to another Bluetooth device

9

To unpair a Bluetooth

®

device

GUID

Title

GUID-A1AA3B64-C917-412E-9A50-E12A8CAC6795

To unpair a Bluetooth device

Version 7.1.1

1


2

Find and tap


3

Under

Paired devices, tap beside the name of the device that you want to unpair.

4

Tap

Unpair.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A1AA3B64-C917-412E-9A50-E12A8CAC6795

To unpair a Bluetooth device

7.1.1

Sending and receiving items using Bluetooth

®

technology

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FEABAFA3-3C43-48A6-99F7-C72423ED3745

Sending and receiving items using Bluetooth™ wireless technology

3.1.1

Share items with other Bluetooth

®

compatible devices such as phones or computers.

You can send and receive several kinds of items using the Bluetooth

® as:

function, such

•

Photos and videos

•

Music and other audio files

•

Contacts

•

Web pages

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FEABAFA3-3C43-48A6-99F7-C72423ED3745

Sending and receiving items using Bluetooth™ wireless technology

3.1.1

To send items using Bluetooth

®

GUID

Title

GUID-10429839-41B9-4612-93A5-978EA3721D99

To send items using Bluetooth™

151


1

Version 4.1.2.1.1

Receiving device: Make sure the Bluetooth ®

function is turned on and that the device is visible to other Bluetooth

®

devices.

2

Sending device: Open the application which contains the item that you want to send, and scroll to the item.

3

Depending on the application and on the item that you want to send, you may need to, for example, touch and hold the item, open the item, and press .

Other ways to send an item may exist.

4

Select

Bluetooth.

5

Turn on Bluetooth

®

if you are asked to do so.

6

Tap the name of the receiving device.

7

Receiving device: If asked, accept the connection.

8 Sending device: If asked, confirm the transfer to the receiving device.

9

Receiving device: Accept the incoming item.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-10429839-41B9-4612-93A5-978EA3721D99

To send items using Bluetooth™

4.1.2.1.1

To receive items using Bluetooth

®

GUID

Title

GUID-7360A980-5A09-4B1A-8DB8-313C2CFF6DF4


1

Version 6.1.1.1.1

Make sure that the Bluetooth

®

function is on and is visible to other Bluetooth

® devices.

2

The sending device now starts sending data to your device.

3

If prompted, enter the same passcode on both devices, or confirm the suggested passcode.

4

When you are notified of an incoming file to your device, drag the status bar downwards and tap the notification to accept the file transfer.

5

Tap

Accept to start the file transfer.

6

To view the progress of the transfer, drag the status bar downwards.

7

To open a received item, drag the status bar downwards and tap the relevant notification.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7360A980-5A09-4B1A-8DB8-313C2CFF6DF4


6.1.1.1.1

To view files you have received using Bluetooth®

GUID

Title

GUID-17AB4DD5-71F2-49BE-BDF0-EEE25085F3A8

To find items received using Bluetooth

Version 4

1


2

Find and tap


3

Press and select

Show received files.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-17AB4DD5-71F2-49BE-BDF0-EEE25085F3A8

To find items received using Bluetooth

4

152


GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

Smart apps and features that save you time

GUID-FFAC4EC6-448E-44A1-8CA1-5F86AA63526A

Smart lifestyle

1

GUID-FFAC4EC6-448E-44A1-8CA1-5F86AA63526A

Smart lifestyle

1

Controlling accessories and settings with Smart Connect

GUID

Title

GUID-DEE2899B-CE25-4F73-BF53-DE2E35FDBBC7

Smart Connect

Version 5

Use the Smart Connect application to set what happens in your device when you connect or disconnect an accessory. For example, you can decide to always start the

FM radio application when you connect a headset.

You can also use Smart Connect to set a specific action or a group of actions to launch on your device at certain times of the day. For example, when you connect your headset between 7am and 9am, you can decide that:

•

The Walkman® application starts.

•

The web browser opens the morning paper.

•

The ring volume is set to vibrate.

With Smart Connect, you can also manage your accessories such as SmartTags and

SmartWatch. Refer to the User guide of the specific accessory for more information.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DEE2899B-CE25-4F73-BF53-DE2E35FDBBC7

Smart Connect

5

GUID-BC030D9A-EA7A-4F44-A940-4060FD279816

Smart Connect overview

1

GUID

1 Tap to display all added devices

2 Add a device or an event

3 View menu options

4 Tap to display all added events

5 Tap to activate an event

6 Tap to view details of an event

GUID-BC030D9A-EA7A-4F44-A940-4060FD279816

153


Title

Version

Smart Connect overview

1

To create a Smart Connect event

GUID

Title

GUID-6FAC4C54-43FB-49B7-9629-446C10B5F912


Version 4

1


2

If you are opening Smart Connect for the first time, tap

OK to close the introduction screen.

3

On the

Events tab, tap .

4

If you are creating an event for the first time, tap

OK again to close the introduction screen.

5

Add conditions under which you want to trigger the event. A condition could be the connection with an accessory, or a specific time interval, or both.

6

Tap to continue.

7

Add what you want to happen when you connect an accessory, and set other settings as desired.

8

Tap to continue.

9

Set an event name, then tap

Finish.

To add a Bluetooth® accessory, you have to first pair it with your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6FAC4C54-43FB-49B7-9629-446C10B5F912


4

To edit a Smart Connect event

GUID

Title

GUID-DD5DB4FE-7107-4CBC-8C57-28384CA3EEA7


Version 4

1

Start the Smart Connection application.

2

On the

Events tab, tap an event.

3

If the event is switched off, drag the slider to the right to turn it on.

4

Tap

Edit, then adjust the settings as desired.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DD5DB4FE-7107-4CBC-8C57-28384CA3EEA7


4

To delete an event

GUID

Title

GUID-F6C3A32A-E885-4527-8A10-A9F3901A732F

To delete an event

Version 1

1


2

On the

Events tab, touch and hold the event that you want to delete, then tap

Delete event.

3

Tap

Delete to confirm.

You can also open the event that you want to delete, then tap >

Delete event > Delete.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F6C3A32A-E885-4527-8A10-A9F3901A732F

To delete an event

1

Managing devices

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-96E6C3B6-25FF-44BB-A32E-36B9F758F363

Manage devices

1

Use the Smart Connect application to manage a range of smart accessories that you can connect to your device, including SmartTags, SmartWatch and Smart Wireless

Headset pro from Sony. Smart Connect downloads any necessary applications and also finds third-party applications, when available. Previously connected devices show in a list that allows you to get more information about the features of each device.

GUID

Title

GUID-96E6C3B6-25FF-44BB-A32E-36B9F758F363

Manage devices

154


Version 1

To pair and connect an accessory

GUID

Title

GUID-360E1A91-66DE-4A7A-9101-E828292A6498

To install an accessory

Version 1

1

Start the Smart Connection application. If you are opening Smart Connect for the first time, tap

OK to close the introduction screen.

2

Tap

Devices, then tap .

3

Tap

OK to start searching for devices.

4

In the search result list, tap the name of the device that you want to add.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-360E1A91-66DE-4A7A-9101-E828292A6498

To install an accessory

1

To adjust the settings for a connected accessory

GUID

Title

GUID-FF6309D3-CC2E-4E99-8452-40D746E2D598

To manage an accessory

Version 1

1

Pair and connect the accessory with your device.

2


3

Tap

Devices, then tap the name of the connected accessory.

4

Adjust the desired settings.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FF6309D3-CC2E-4E99-8452-40D746E2D598

To manage an accessory

1

Using your device as a fitness hub with ANT+™

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-55E3C8D0-F9D5-4194-A656-1032BE0E120C

ANT+

4

You can use your device with health and fitness products that also support ANT+™ technology. For example, if you go running with an ANT+™ compatible heart rate monitor and a foot pod (to measure pace and distance), you can collect all the data from the run on your device. You can then analyse your performance and see how you can improve.

You can download a range of applications from Google Play™ that support ANT+™ sport, fitness and health devices. For information about ANT+™ compatible products, go to www.thisisant.com/directory.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-55E3C8D0-F9D5-4194-A656-1032BE0E120C

ANT+

4

Using your device as a wallet

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A14E4952-D35D-42DA-B188-434661B67394

Paying with your device

1

You can use wallet applications and services that let you store credit card, debit card and other information on your device so that you can pay for goods without reaching for your real wallet. You can also keep information about special offers on your device.

To be able to pay for goods using your mobile device, you need to first sign up with a wallet payment service. They can be offered, for example, by Google or by your network operator. For more information about such wallet services, refer to your service provider. You can read more about Google Wallet™ at http:// support.google.com/wallet/.

Mobile payment services may not yet be available in all regions.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A14E4952-D35D-42DA-B188-434661B67394

Paying with your device

1

155


Travel and maps

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B1602361-6E6A-4C3D-AD90-59DA2221197B

Travel and maps

3

GUID-B1602361-6E6A-4C3D-AD90-59DA2221197B

Travel and maps

3

Using location services

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C916866A-B045-42A5-B58F-E26F4129F7DF

About location services

4

Location services allow applications such as Maps and the camera to use information from mobile and Wi-Fi® networks as well as Global Positioning System (GPS) information to determine your approximate location. If you're not within a clear line of sight to GPS satellites, your device can determine your location using the Wi-Fi® function. And if you're not within range of a Wi-Fi® network, your device can determine your location using your mobile network.

In order to use your device to find out where you are, you need to enable location services.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C916866A-B045-42A5-B58F-E26F4129F7DF

About location services

4

To enable location services

GUID

Title

GUID-986A4DFB-1268-43FB-8608-14A21CA08B30


Version 2

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Location.

3



4

Tap

Agree twice to confirm.

When you enable location services, both

GPS satellites and Google's location service get enabled by default. You can disable either option manually.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-986A4DFB-1268-43FB-8608-14A21CA08B30


2

To allow Google apps to access your location

GUID

Title

GUID-DA06F2A8-3B6D-4F26-9A1D-6F7E8C9B35E1

To allow google apps access your location

Version 3

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Google > Location.

3



4

Tap

Agree twice to confirm.

When you enable location services, both

GPS satellites and Google's location service get enabled by default. You can disable either option manually.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DA06F2A8-3B6D-4F26-9A1D-6F7E8C9B35E1

To allow google apps access your location

3

Improving GPS accuracy

GUID

Title

GUID-395C3448-B84F-4DFD-A2D3-EA5CF6A14E60


Version 2

The first time you use the GPS function in your device, it can take 5 to 10 minutes for your location to be found. To help the search, make sure you have a clear view of the sky. Stand still and don't cover the GPS antenna (the highlighted area in the image).

GPS signals can pass through clouds and plastic, but not through most solid objects

156


such as buildings and mountains. If your location isn't found after a few minutes, move to another location.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-395C3448-B84F-4DFD-A2D3-EA5CF6A14E60


2

Google Maps™ and navigation

GUID

Title

GUID-702A66F3-8639-4512-9963-87F8163E8518

Google Maps™ overview

Version 1

Use Google Maps™ to track your current location, view real-time traffic situations and receive detailed directions to your destination.

When you view a map, you use data traffic to get an Internet connection, and data is transferred to your device. So it's a good idea to save a map and make it available offline before you take a trip. This way, you can avoid high roaming costs.

The Google Maps™ application requires the use of an Internet connection when used online.

You may incur data connection charges when you connect to the Internet from your device.

Contact your network operator for more information. The Google Maps™ application may not be available in every market, country or region.

1 Enter an address or name to search for a location, for example, a restaurant’s name or address.

2 Select a transportation mode and get directions to your destination.

3 View your account profile.

4 Location mark – shows a searched location on the map.

5 Show your current location.

6 View help and options.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-702A66F3-8639-4512-9963-87F8163E8518

Google Maps™ overview

1

To show your location on the map

GUID

Title

GUID-C9DBA4DD-D56D-4FAA-A53A-5CC5971329D5

To find your location

157


Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Maps, then tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C9DBA4DD-D56D-4FAA-A53A-5CC5971329D5

To find your location

1

To search for a location

GUID

Title

GUID-EBF501B7-DC59-4239-BBE9-6F9DEBDFBDBA


Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Maps.

3

In the search field, enter the name of the location you want to find.

4

Tap the Enter key on the keyboard to start the search, or select a suggested location from the list. If the search is successful, the location is indicated by on the map.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-EBF501B7-DC59-4239-BBE9-6F9DEBDFBDBA


1

To get directions

GUID

Title

GUID-1D08A675-8AC4-47AA-9670-9B382EAB9EE9

To get directions

Version 1

1

While viewing a map, tap .

2

Select a transportation mode, then enter your starting point and your destination. The recommended routes appear in a list.

3

Tap an option from the list of recommended routes to view the directions on a map.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1D08A675-8AC4-47AA-9670-9B382EAB9EE9

To get directions

1

To make a map available offline

GUID

Title

GUID-E07E2C92-EC69-4706-AAC1-2E6FE71E85A8


Version 1

1

While viewing a map, tap the search field.

2

Scroll to the bottom and tap

Make this map area available offline. The area shown on the map gets saved to your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E07E2C92-EC69-4706-AAC1-2E6FE71E85A8


1

To learn more about Google Maps™

GUID

Title

GUID-323FA75F-5130-4EC6-8FE4-9A05D8119BD9

To learn more about Maps

Version 4

•

When you use Google Maps™, tap , then tap

Help.

GUID GUID-323FA75F-5130-4EC6-8FE4-9A05D8119BD9

Title

Version

To learn more about Maps

4

Using data traffic when travelling

GUID

Title

GUID-73201F09-74A4-4501-8A3D-A733BDC1C923

Data roaming

Version 7

When you travel outside of your home mobile network, you might need to access the

Internet using mobile data traffic. In this case, you need to activate data roaming on your device. It is recommended to check the relevant data transmission charges in advance.

GUID

Title

GUID-73201F09-74A4-4501-8A3D-A733BDC1C923

Data roaming

158


Version 7

To activate or deactivate data roaming

GUID

Title

GUID-22182D0D-03AC-4C8D-8382-721542E916E3


Version 2

1


2

Find and tap


3

Mark or unmark the

Data roaming checkbox.

You can’t activate data roaming when mobile data is turned off.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-22182D0D-03AC-4C8D-8382-721542E916E3


2

Airplane mode

GUID

Title

GUID-4592770A-6B42-477E-9A27-8326386B4FC0

Airplane mode

Version 5

In Airplane mode, the network and radio transceivers are turned off to prevent disturbance to sensitive equipment. However, you can still play games, listen to music, watch videos and other content, as long as all this content is saved on your memory card or internal storage. You can also be notified by alarms, if alarms are activated.

Turning on Airplane mode reduces battery consumption.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4592770A-6B42-477E-9A27-8326386B4FC0

Airplane mode

5

To turn on Airplane mode

GUID GUID-0D75D33F-E108-41F8-B61A-F27882DA3E55

Title

Version

To turn on Flight mode

10

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > More….

3

Mark the

Airplane mode checkbox.

You can also press and hold down the power key and then select

Airplane mode in the menu that opens.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0D75D33F-E108-41F8-B61A-F27882DA3E55

To turn on Flight mode

10

159


Calendar and alarm clock

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-ECBFED5C-3FD9-4178-8410-BDF05AFE0032


1

GUID-ECBFED5C-3FD9-4178-8410-BDF05AFE0032


1

Calendar

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CBBA1327-6D73-439D-87B0-2E2C4112207B

Calendar

6

Use the Calendar application to manage your time schedule. If you have signed into and synchronised your device with one or several online accounts that include calendars, for example, your Google™ account or Exchange ActiveSync account, then calendar events from these accounts will also appear in the Calendar application. You can select which calendars you want to integrate into the combined

Calendar view.

When an appointment time approaches, your device plays a notification sound to remind you. Also, appears in the status bar.

You can also synchronise your Outlook calendar with your device using PC Companion. If you do so, all appointments from your Outlook calendar will appear in the calendar view on your device.

1 Select a view type and the calendars that you want to view

2 Add a calendar event

3 Return to the current date

4 Access settings and other options

5 Agenda for the selected day

6 Flick left or right to browse more quickly

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CBBA1327-6D73-439D-87B0-2E2C4112207B

Calendar

6

To create a calendar event

GUID

Title

GUID-87AB0FCE-7DAF-4D8C-BF7C-B2DB57AE2AFA


160


Version 15

1

From your Home screen, tap , then tap

Calendar.

2

Tap .

3

If you have synchronised your calendar with one or more accounts, select the account to which you want to add this event. If you only want to add this event on your device, tap

Device calendar.

4

Enter or select the desired information and add attendees to the event.

5

To save the event and send out invitations, tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-87AB0FCE-7DAF-4D8C-BF7C-B2DB57AE2AFA


15

To view a calendar event

GUID

Title

GUID-9E9515CA-9293-43C4-B772-71B2358A39FB


Version 7

1


Calendar.

2

Tap the event that you want to view.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9E9515CA-9293-43C4-B772-71B2358A39FB


7

To view multiple calendars

GUID

Title

GUID-38ECA636-32DF-42B1-89D7-FCC59C1E6703


Version 10

1


Calendar.

2

Tap , then mark the checkboxes for the calendars that you want to view.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-38ECA636-32DF-42B1-89D7-FCC59C1E6703


10

To zoom the calendar view

GUID GUID-69322844-73D9-49DD-8A73-9B2ACF0751DF

Title

Version

To zoom in the Week and Day view

1

•

When the

Week or the Day view is selected, pinch the screen to zoom in.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-69322844-73D9-49DD-8A73-9B2ACF0751DF

To zoom in the Week and Day view

1

To display national holidays in the Calendar application

GUID

Title

GUID-D9DDEEE6-DA30-4204-A2A4-D6F84DA5C8B3

To display national holidays in Calendars

Version 1

1


Calendar.

2

Tap , then tap

Settings.

3

Tap

National holidays.

4

Select an option, or a combination of options, then tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D9DDEEE6-DA30-4204-A2A4-D6F84DA5C8B3

To display national holidays in Calendars

1

To display birthdays in the Calendar application

GUID GUID-AE5542E9-F1CF-4FBB-A2E9-0C9033E84421

Title

Version

To display birthdays on Calendars

1

1


Calendar.

2

Tap , then tap

Settings.

3


Birthdays to the right.

4

Tap

Birthdays, then select the contact group for which you want to display birthdays.

GUID

Title

GUID-AE5542E9-F1CF-4FBB-A2E9-0C9033E84421

To display birthdays on Calendars

161


Version 1

To display weather forecasts in the Calendar application

GUID

Title

GUID-FBD4D9CD-BDED-4A4B-AD93-33749B9E5A6B

To display weather forecast in Calendar

Version 1

1


Calendar.

2

Tap , then tap

Settings.

3


Weather forecast to the right.

4

If location services are disabled, tap

Add, then search for the city that you want to add.

For more information about how to enable location services, see page 156.

Using location services

on

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FBD4D9CD-BDED-4A4B-AD93-33749B9E5A6B

To display weather forecast in Calendar

1

To change weather forecast settings in the Calendar application

GUID

Title

GUID-F37F597D-3C3E-45E8-A973-EA8D03620545

To change weather forecast settings in Calendar

Version 1

1


Calendar.

2

Tap , then tap

Settings.

3

Tap

Weather forecast.

4

Adjust the settings as desired.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F37F597D-3C3E-45E8-A973-EA8D03620545

To change weather forecast settings in Calendar

1

Alarm and clock

GUID

Title

GUID-66E56B1F-52AF-43A4-B1B4-6C33096B0427

Alarm clock

Version 6

You can set one or several alarms and use any sound saved on your device as the alarm signal. The alarm does not sound if your device is turned off. But it does sound when the device is set to silent mode.

The alarm time format displayed is the same as the format you select for your general time settings, for example, 12-hour or 24-hour.

1

2

3

4

Access the alarm home screen

View a world clock and adjust settings

Access the stopwatch function

Access the timer function

162


7

8

5

6

Open date and time settings for the clock

Turn an alarm on or off

View options

Add a new alarm

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-66E56B1F-52AF-43A4-B1B4-6C33096B0427

Alarm clock

6

To set a new alarm

GUID

Title

GUID-BBD8A2E8-E168-4C12-B44D-78D517DCC718

To set a new alarm

Version 14

1


2

Find and tap

Alarm & clock.

3

Tap .

4

Tap

Time and adjust the time by scrolling up and down.

5

Tap

Set.

6

If desired, edit other alarm settings.

7

Tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BBD8A2E8-E168-4C12-B44D-78D517DCC718

To set a new alarm

14

GUID

Title

To snooze an alarm when it sounds

GUID-2B840C9B-5748-43FC-A2F5-B00D5F685BDC

To turn off or snooze an alarm when it sounds

5 Version

•

Tap

Snooze.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2B840C9B-5748-43FC-A2F5-B00D5F685BDC

To turn off or snooze an alarm when it sounds

5

To turn off an alarm when it sounds

GUID

Title

Version

•

Drag to the right.

GUID-E3BC96CC-903A-4362-AB16-5EC1E104562C


5

To turn off a snoozed alarm, you can drag down the status bar to open the Notification panel and then tap .

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E3BC96CC-903A-4362-AB16-5EC1E104562C


5

To edit an existing alarm

GUID

Title

GUID-78B0F168-633F-486B-B279-DB3EDD413359


Version 13

1

Open the Alarm & clock application, then tap the alarm that you want to edit.

2

Make the desired changes.

3

Tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-78B0F168-633F-486B-B279-DB3EDD413359


13

To turn on or off an alarm

GUID

Title

GUID-EFBAC44E-3523-4F2F-A87D-DD4AE68644E2


Version 1

•

Open the Alarm & clock application, then drag the slider next to the alarm to the on or off position.

GUID

Title

GUID-EFBAC44E-3523-4F2F-A87D-DD4AE68644E2


163


Version 1

To delete an alarm

GUID

Title

GUID-80576A84-8F35-42D3-B98F-978772FBA94E

To delete an alarm

Version 14

1

Open the Alarm & clock application, then touch and hold the alarm that you want to delete.

2

Tap

Delete alarm, then tap Yes.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-80576A84-8F35-42D3-B98F-978772FBA94E

To delete an alarm

14

To set the sound for an alarm

GUID GUID-53876E40-3354-4940-9972-990B678E56A1

Title

Version

1


2

Tap

Alarm sound and select an option, or tap to select from your music files.

3

Tap

Done twice.

To set the alarm signal

14

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-53876E40-3354-4940-9972-990B678E56A1

To set the alarm signal

14

To set a recurring alarm

GUID

Title

GUID-F16ADE60-533C-483E-ADB7-104FBC199F52


Version 13

1


2

Tap

Repeat.

3

Mark the checkboxes for the desired days, then tap

OK.

4

Tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F16ADE60-533C-483E-ADB7-104FBC199F52


13

To activate the vibrate function for an alarm

GUID

Title

GUID-303D610E-F5C8-41EC-A166-BD658B1C4370

To turn on the vibration signal for an alarm

Version 14

1


2

Mark the

Vibrate checkbox.

3

Tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-303D610E-F5C8-41EC-A166-BD658B1C4370

To turn on the vibration signal for an alarm

14

To set alarms to sound when the device is in silent mode

GUID

Title

GUID-62CDB24C-9410-4CFB-8695-8DA96C9F6CD3

To set the alarm in silent mode

Version 11

1


2

Mark the

Alarm in silent mode checkbox, then tap Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-62CDB24C-9410-4CFB-8695-8DA96C9F6CD3

To set the alarm in silent mode

11

164


Support and maintenance

GUID

Title

Version

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-74499E7C-C777-4295-A45A-DC61658D999A


1

GUID-74499E7C-C777-4295-A45A-DC61658D999A


1

Support for your device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7A88A756-3B21-4970-9E9F-1EC73D4277B4

Help application

4

Use the Support application in your device to search a User guide, read troubleshooting guides, and find information about software updates and other product-related information.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7A88A756-3B21-4970-9E9F-1EC73D4277B4

Help application

4

To access the Support application

GUID

Title

GUID-588EA450-00B8-46C6-892D-58CF7E2CB19B


Version 8

1


2

Find and tap , then select the required support item.

Make sure that you have a working Internet connection, preferably over Wi-Fi®, to limit data traffic charges when using the Support application.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-588EA450-00B8-46C6-892D-58CF7E2CB19B


8

Help in menus and applications

GUID

Title

GUID-4AB6E308-75A6-4AAB-A746-6DDC8EEB533F


Version 1

Some applications and settings have help available in the options menu, which is normally indicated by in the specific applications.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4AB6E308-75A6-4AAB-A746-6DDC8EEB533F


1

Help us improve our software

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-91A13AD4-BD35-43FD-851F-6F1849CA7E43

Usage info

7

You can enable the sending of usage info from your device so that Sony Mobile can receive anonymous bug reports and statistics that help improve our software. None of the information gathered includes personal data.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-91A13AD4-BD35-43FD-851F-6F1849CA7E43

Usage info

7

To allow the sending of usage info

GUID GUID-D380D7AC-6C99-47AB-ABB9-22B70CCF3F49

Title

Version

To send usage info

8

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > About phone > Usage info settings.

3

Mark the

Send usage info checkbox if it is not already marked.

4

Tap

Agree.

GUID

Title

GUID-D380D7AC-6C99-47AB-ABB9-22B70CCF3F49

To send usage info

165


Version 8

Computer tools

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-843D0DAD-E2FE-44E4-BF10-76E1C61750CB

Computer tools

1

There are a number of tools available to help you connect your device to a computer and manage content such as contacts, movies, music and photos.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-843D0DAD-E2FE-44E4-BF10-76E1C61750CB

Computer tools

1

PC Companion for Microsoft® Windows®

GUID

Title

GUID-DBC49833-F11A-4854-B947-B9513E8A31DF

PC Companion

Version 11

PC Companion is a computer application that gives you access to additional features and services which help you to:

•

Transfer contacts, music, video and pictures to and from your old device.

•

Update your device software.

•

Back up content on your computer.

•

Sync calendars between a computer and your device.

To use the PC Companion application, you need an Internet-connected computer running one of the following operating systems:

•

Microsoft® Windows® 7

•


•

Microsoft® Windows Vista®

•

Microsoft® Windows® XP (Service Pack 3 or higher)

You can download PC Companion at www.sonymobile.com/global-en/tools/pc-companion.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DBC49833-F11A-4854-B947-B9513E8A31DF

PC Companion

11

Media Go™ for Microsoft® Windows®

GUID

Title

GUID-107B9C4F-BD96-4635-B7F5-EA775969ED11

Media Go

Version 12

The Media Go™ application for Windows® computers helps you to transfer photos, videos, and music between your device and a computer and to manage your content on either device. You can install and access Media Go™ from within the PC

Companion application. To read more about how to use the Media Go™ application, go to http://mediago.sony.com/enu/features.

To use the Media Go™ application, you need one of these operating systems:

•


•


•

Microsoft® Windows Vista®

•

Microsoft® Windows® XP (Service Pack 3 or higher)

GUID GUID-107B9C4F-BD96-4635-B7F5-EA775969ED11

Title

Version

Media Go

12

Sony Bridge for Mac

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AB1F5339-A66A-49AF-91ED-010F343F5BC9

Bridge for Mac

4

Sony Bridge for Mac is a computer application that gives you access to additional features and services which help you to:

•

Transfer contacts, music, video and pictures to and from your old device.

•

Update your device software.

166


•

Transfer media files between your device and an Apple® Mac® computer.

•

Back up content on an Apple® Mac® computer.

To use the Sony Bridge for Mac application, you must have an Internet-connected

Apple® Mac® computer that runs Mac OS version 10.6 or later. You can download

Sony Bridge for Mac from www.sonymobile.com/global-en/tools/bridge-for-mac/.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AB1F5339-A66A-49AF-91ED-010F343F5BC9

Bridge for Mac

4

Updating your device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FABC28A6-48B3-4457-8068-91834B8CB1F0

Updating your phone

16.1.2

You should update the software on your device to get the latest functionality, enhancements and bug fixes in order to ensure optimal performance. When a software update is available, appears in the status bar. You can also check for new updates manually.

The easiest way to install a software update is to do it wirelessly from your device.

However, some updates are not available for wireless download. You then need to use the PC Companion application on a PC or the Sony Bridge for Mac application on an Apple

®

Mac

®

computer to update your device.

For more information about software updates, go to www.sonymobile.com/global-en/ software.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-FABC28A6-48B3-4457-8068-91834B8CB1F0

Updating your phone

16.1.2

To check for new software

GUID GUID-40461456-5CC2-4884-BB9C-06078024B88C

Title

Version


1

1


2

Find and tap

Update Center.

3

To check that you have the latest system software installed, tap

System. To check for updates to applications installed on your device, tap

Updates.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-40461456-5CC2-4884-BB9C-06078024B88C


1

Updating your device wirelessly

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-46E34C96-CD92-4DB5-BDDC-3081431482A4

Updating your phone wirelessly

4

Use the Update Center application to update your device wirelessly. It handles both application updates and system updates and can also facilitate the download of new applications developed for your device. The updates that you can download over a mobile network depend on your operator. It is recommended to use a Wi-Fi® network instead of a mobile network to download new software so that you can avoid data traffic costs.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-46E34C96-CD92-4DB5-BDDC-3081431482A4

Updating your phone wirelessly

4

To download and install a system update

GUID

Title

GUID-80EE363C-A662-4AC7-A280-1DD05BF77955


Version 4

1


2

Find and tap

Update Center > System.

3

Select the desired system update, then tap .

4

When the download is finished, tap and follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation.

167


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-80EE363C-A662-4AC7-A280-1DD05BF77955


4

To download and install application updates

GUID

Title

GUID-E5C4C792-3466-4CA5-8012-A0705A063636


Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Update Center > System.

3

To download a particular application update, select the update, then tap . To download all available application updates, tap . Updates install automatically after download.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E5C4C792-3466-4CA5-8012-A0705A063636


1

Updating your device using a computer

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C185CAA5-8090-4907-9F5F-4BFF26988891

Updating your device using computer

2

You can download and install software updates on your device using a computer with an Internet connection. You need a USB cable and a PC running the PC

Companion application or an Apple

®

Mac application.

Mac

®

computer running the Sony Bridge for

If you don’t have the PC Companion or the Sony Bridge for Mac application installed on the relevant computer, connect your device to the computer using a USB cable and follow the onscreen installation instructions.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C185CAA5-8090-4907-9F5F-4BFF26988891

Updating your device using computer

2

To update your device using a computer

GUID

Title

GUID-CB62B1AC-D041-4E4C-A8CF-C5E0B9675ED8

To update the device using a computer

Version 7

1

Make sure you have the PC Companion application installed on your PC or the

Sony Bridge for Mac application installed on the Apple

®

Mac

®

computer.

2

Using a USB cable, connect your device to the computer.

3

Computer: Launch the PC Companion application or the Sony Bridge for Mac application. After a few moments, the computer detects your device and searches for new software.

4 Computer: If a new software update is detected, a popup window appears.

Follow the on-screen instructions to run the relevant software updates.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CB62B1AC-D041-4E4C-A8CF-C5E0B9675ED8

To update the device using a computer

7

Finding a lost device

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-26350A43-1644-49F4-ADC3-28A228DD7464


3

168


If you have a Google™ account, the my Xperia web service can help you locate and secure your device if you ever lose it. You can:

•

Locate your device on a map.

•

Sound an alert even if the device is in silent mode.

•

Remotely lock the device and make the device display your contact information to anyone who finds it.

•

As a last resort, remotely clear the internal and external memory of the device.

The my Xperia service may not be available in all countries/regions.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-26350A43-1644-49F4-ADC3-28A228DD7464


3

To activate the my Xperia service

GUID

Title

GUID-7ABF3EC4-77A8-4211-9E38-0A415421E783

To activate the “my Xperia” service

Version 3

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Security > my Xperia > Activate.

3

Mark the checkbox, then tap

Accept.

To verify that the my Xperia service can locate your device, go to myxperia.sonymobile.com

and sign in using the same Google™ account that you have set up on your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7ABF3EC4-77A8-4211-9E38-0A415421E783

To activate the “my Xperia” service

3

IMEI number

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D05972EA-29A9-4C5D-B5DB-9714DD83632E

IMEI number

5

Every device has a unique IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) number.

You should keep a copy of this number. If your device is stolen, your network provider can use your IMEI number to stop the device from accessing the network in your country.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D05972EA-29A9-4C5D-B5DB-9714DD83632E

IMEI number

5

To view your IMEI number

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0DA2A023-E45B-4D48-8205-AA78D4887688

To view your IMEI number - Odin

9

1

Make sure your device is turned off.

2

Detach the cover for the micro SIM card and memory card slot.

3

Using a fingernail, remove the two label trays (in the order shown in the illustration) to view your IMEI number.

To view the IMEI number, you can also open the phone dialer on your device and enter

*#06#

.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-0DA2A023-E45B-4D48-8205-AA78D4887688

To view your IMEI number - Odin

9

To view your IMEI number in the device

GUID

Title

GUID-8EC38745-EBB2-49E3-BD47-B16DC4DCC17F

To view your IMEI number in the phone

169


Version 7

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > About phone > Status.

3

Scroll to

IMEI to view the IMEI number.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8EC38745-EBB2-49E3-BD47-B16DC4DCC17F

To view your IMEI number in the phone

7

Battery and power management

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E3648D64-F53D-478B-BC8C-656BFFF90CC6


2

Your device has an embedded battery. You can keep track of your battery consumption and see which applications are using the most power. You can also view an estimate of how much time is left before your battery runs out. The estimated battery time is based on your most recent usage pattern.

To make the battery last longer you can use one or more battery saving modes, which include STAMINA mode, Low battery mode, Location-based Wi-Fi®, and

Queue background data mode. Each mode works in a different way and controls several power consuming functions on your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E3648D64-F53D-478B-BC8C-656BFFF90CC6


2

To view which applications use the most battery power

GUID GUID-72DC8FCB-A113-4E57-88FB-5C55DCE9CFE3

Title

Version

To view what applications use the most battery

3

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Power management > Battery usage.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-72DC8FCB-A113-4E57-88FB-5C55DCE9CFE3

To view what applications use the most battery

3

To view the estimated battery time

GUID

Title

GUID-AEFF9658-539B-41D1-83FF-9BA660166F47

To view the standby time

Version 2

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Power management.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AEFF9658-539B-41D1-83FF-9BA660166F47

To view the standby time

2

Improving battery time using STAMINA mode

GUID

Title

GUID-BAD9774F-09BB-4637-AE5C-C88606ADFD46

Using the STAMINA mode feature

Version 4

STAMINA mode turns off functions that you don't need when your device isn't in use.

For example, STAMINA mode can pause your Wi-Fi® connection, data traffic and several power consuming applications when your device is powered on but the screen is inactive. So you save the battery but can still receive phone calls, texts and multimedia messages as they come in. You can also exclude individual applications from being paused by STAMINA mode. Once you activate the screen, all paused functions are resumed.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-BAD9774F-09BB-4637-AE5C-C88606ADFD46

Using the STAMINA mode feature

4

To activate STAMINA mode

GUID

Title

GUID-18315E99-CD26-4905-ADE0-B8514A1912E8


170


Version 3.1.1

1


2

Find and tap


3


STAMINA mode to the right, then tap Activate, if prompted. appears in the status bar once the battery reaches a set level.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-18315E99-CD26-4905-ADE0-B8514A1912E8


3.1.1

To select which applications to run in STAMINA mode

GUID

Title

GUID-04D506B4-63EE-426D-8D1B-BD8C18C3DBB0

To select which applications can run in STAMINA mode

Version 2

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Power management, then tap STAMINA mode.

3

Add or remove applications, as desired.

4

When you're finished, tap

Done.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-04D506B4-63EE-426D-8D1B-BD8C18C3DBB0

To select which applications can run in STAMINA mode

2

Improving battery time using Low battery mode

GUID

Title

GUID-9276E04F-3CB5-4764-BA73-5B99161CBEBD

Using Low battery mode

Version 4

Use the

Low battery mode feature to automatically start saving power when the battery reaches a certain charge level. You can set and readjust this charge level as desired. You can also decide which functions to keep active, for example, mobile data traffic, Wi-Fi® or auto-sync.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-9276E04F-3CB5-4764-BA73-5B99161CBEBD

Using Low battery mode

4

To activate Low battery mode

GUID

Title

GUID-E2DBA1A1-C68E-471F-982B-14BCBB074753


Version 3

1


2

Find and tap


3


Low battery mode to the right.

4

If prompted, tap

Activate. appears in the status bar when the battery reaches the charge level that you set.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E2DBA1A1-C68E-471F-982B-14BCBB074753


3

To change the settings for Low battery mode

GUID

Title

GUID-DC6395BB-6010-4667-9E56-6E99F8E0DACC


Version 2

1


2

Find and tap


3

Make sure that

Low battery mode is activated, then tap Low battery mode.

4

Change the settings, for example, readjust the battery level.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DC6395BB-6010-4667-9E56-6E99F8E0DACC


2

Improving battery time using Location-based Wi-Fi®

GUID GUID-A812A590-27C2-40E9-8631-6896DDA61ABD

Title

Version

Location-based Wi-Fi®

1

The

Location-based Wi-Fi feature sets your device to only activate the Wi-Fi® function when it comes within range of a saved Wi-Fi® network. This way you save battery power but still have the convenience of automatic Wi-Fi® connections.

171


GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A812A590-27C2-40E9-8631-6896DDA61ABD

Location-based Wi-Fi®

1

To activate the Location-based Wi-Fi® feature

GUID

Title

GUID-A031BEE2-A431-4842-AC38-836060E23903

To activate Location-based Wi-Fi

Version 1

1


2

Find and tap


3


Location-based Wi-Fi to the right.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A031BEE2-A431-4842-AC38-836060E23903

To activate Location-based Wi-Fi

1

Improving battery time by queuing background data

GUID

Title

GUID-D5CE384E-FA00-44BA-A2C6-0CDBBAAEB0FE

Improving battery by sending background data at set intervals

Version 2

You can improve battery performance by setting your device to send background data at pre-defined intervals when you are not using it, that is, when the screen is not active.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D5CE384E-FA00-44BA-A2C6-0CDBBAAEB0FE

Improving battery by sending background data at set intervals

2

To allow the queuing of background data

GUID

Title

GUID-C10A75CD-7E1B-40BB-AE25-C03CFAD008CB

To allow queuing background data

Version 1

1


2

Find and tap


3

Mark the checkbox beside

Queue background data.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C10A75CD-7E1B-40BB-AE25-C03CFAD008CB

To allow queuing background data

1

Memory and storage

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-22B2F18B-DFF0-4F4E-9917-D71E95288CE9

Memory and storage

9

Your device has different types of memory and storage possibilities for photos, apps and other files:

•

The internal storage is about

4.9 GB and is used to store downloaded or transferred content along with personal settings and data. Examples are alarm, volume and language settings, emails, bookmarks, contacts, calendar events, photos, videos and music.

•

You can use a removable memory card of up to

32 GB to get more storage space.

Most applications can read data from a memory card but only certain apps can save files to this type of memory. You can, for example, set the camera application to save photos directly to the memory card.

•

The dynamic memory (RAM) is about

1 GB and cannot be used for storage. RAM is used to handle running applications and the operating system.

You may have to purchase a memory card separately.

Read more about the use of memory in Android devices by downloading the White paper for your device at www.sonymobile.com/support.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-22B2F18B-DFF0-4F4E-9917-D71E95288CE9

Memory and storage

9

Improving memory performance

GUID GUID-6D95A83D-9538-4FDB-A094-0B3FAB15D3B9

172


Title

Version

Improving the memory performance

1

The memory in your device tends to fill up as a result of normal usage. If the device starts to slow down, or applications suddenly shut down, you should consider the following:

•

Always have more than

100 MB of free internal storage and more than 100 MB of free

RAM.

•

Close down running applications that you are not using.

•

Clear the cache memory for all applications.

•

Uninstall downloaded applications that you don't use.

•

Transfer photos, videos and music from the internal memory to the memory card.

•

If your device can't read content on the memory card, you may need to format it.

GUID GUID-6D95A83D-9538-4FDB-A094-0B3FAB15D3B9

Title

Version

Improving the memory performance

1

To view the memory status

GUID GUID-1A0904B6-9ACB-4E9D-A3FB-735F1FE2069A

Title

Version

To view the status of your memory

4

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Storage.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-1A0904B6-9ACB-4E9D-A3FB-735F1FE2069A

To view the status of your memory

4

To view the amount of free and used RAM

GUID

Title

GUID-5558F4D0-78B1-4A62-9B14-DFDAEA1CBA48

To see amount of free and used RAM

Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Apps > Running.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-5558F4D0-78B1-4A62-9B14-DFDAEA1CBA48

To see amount of free and used RAM

1

To clear the cache memory for all applications

GUID

Title

GUID-2D2023C9-84B5-4579-ABDA-C1E326DD6518


Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Storage.

3

Tap

Cached data > OK.

When you clear the cache memory, you don't lose any important information or settings.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2D2023C9-84B5-4579-ABDA-C1E326DD6518


1

To transfer media files to the memory card

GUID GUID-B06D4C52-D9A8-4D45-AA61-BBBA6358637C

Title

Version

To transfer content to the memory card

1

1

Make sure you have a memory card inserted in your device.

2


3

Find and tap

Settings > Storage > Transfer data to SD card.

4

Mark the file types that you want to transfer to the memory card.

5

Tap

Transfer.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-B06D4C52-D9A8-4D45-AA61-BBBA6358637C

To transfer content to the memory card

1

To stop applications and services from running

GUID

Title

GUID-80043DFE-66A7-45BA-87BD-0425739F9A2B

To stop running applications and services

173


Version 1

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Apps > Running.

3

Select an application or service, then tap

Stop.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-80043DFE-66A7-45BA-87BD-0425739F9A2B

To stop running applications and services

1

To format the memory card

GUID

Title

GUID-DEE4838C-73E0-4957-A74C-CDA9488C1842


Version 3

1


2

Find and tap

Settings > Storage > Erase SD card.

3

To confirm, tap

Erase SD card > Erase everything

All content on the memory card gets erased when you format it. Make sure you make backups of all data that you want to save before formatting the memory card. To back up your content, you can copy it to a computer. For more information, see page 174.

Managing files using a computer on

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DEE4838C-73E0-4957-A74C-CDA9488C1842


3

Managing files using a computer

GUID

Title

GUID-969FEDAB-08C9-40B5-91F6-69A83F45C0DB


Version 2.1.2

Use a USB cable connection between a Windows® computer and your device to transfer and manage your files. Once the two devices are connected, you can drag and drop content between your device and the computer, or between your device's internal storage and SD card, using the computer's file explorer.

If you have an Apple® Mac® computer, you can use the Sony Bridge for Mac application to access the file system of your device. You can download Sony Bridge for Mac from www.sonymobile.com/global-en/tools/bridge-for-mac/.

If you're transferring music, video, pictures or other media files to your device, use the Media

Go™ application on your Windows® computer. Media Go™ converts media files so that you can use them on your device. To learn more and download the Media Go™ application, go to http://mediago.sony.com/enu/features

.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-969FEDAB-08C9-40B5-91F6-69A83F45C0DB


2.1.2

Transferring files using Media transfer mode via Wi-Fi

®

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4F7E8833-019A-4D0A-8556-9433F6C04D19

Transferring and handling content using Media transfer mode over Wi-Fi

3

You can transfer files between your device and other MTP compatible devices, such as a computer, using a Wi-Fi

®

connection. Before connecting, you first need to pair the two devices. If you're transferring music, video, pictures or other media files between your device and a computer, it's best to use the Media Go™ application on the computer. Media Go™ converts media files so that you can use them on your device.

In order to use this feature, you need a Wi-Fi

®

enabled device that supports Media transfer, for example, a computer running Microsoft

®

Windows Vista

®

or Windows

®

7.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4F7E8833-019A-4D0A-8556-9433F6C04D19

Transferring and handling content using Media transfer mode over Wi-Fi

3

To prepare to use your device wirelessly with a computer

GUID GUID-D08D64DB-D0EC-4B8B-8502-25924770E375

174


Title To pair your device with a computer for using Media transfer mode over Wi-Fi

Version 5

1

Make sure Media transfer mode is enabled on your device. It is normally enabled by default.

2

Connect your device to the computer using a USB cable.

3 Computer: Once the name of your device appears on the screen, click

Configure device for network access and follow the instructions to pair the computer and your device.

4

When you are finished pairing, disconnect the USB cable from both devices.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D08D64DB-D0EC-4B8B-8502-25924770E375

To pair your device with a computer for using Media transfer mode over Wi-Fi

5

To connect wirelessly to a paired device

GUID GUID-CD8EA3D6-AA60-42E9-A72E-06ACE3160E0B

1

Make sure Media transfer mode is enabled on your device. It is normally enabled by default.

2

Title

Version

To connect paired devices wirelessly in Media transfer mode

6

Make sure the Wi-Fi

®

function is turned on.

3


4

Find and tap

Settings > Xperia™ Connectivity > USB Connectivity.

5

Under

Wireless Media Transfer, select the paired device that you want to connect.

6

Tap

Connect.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-CD8EA3D6-AA60-42E9-A72E-06ACE3160E0B

To connect paired devices wirelessly in Media transfer mode

6

To disconnect from a paired device

GUID GUID-E3943642-BCA2-4EE0-ACB6-11714C1A3BBD

Title

Version

To disconnect from connected device

5

1


2

Find and tap


3

Under

Wireless Media Transfer, select the paired device that you want to disconnect.

4

Tap

Disconnect.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E3943642-BCA2-4EE0-ACB6-11714C1A3BBD

To disconnect from connected device

5

To remove a pairing with another device

GUID

Title

GUID-257C445A-E565-4C26-932D-EE78996A0B2E

To remove from the paired host

Version 6

1


2

Find and tap


3

Select the paired device that you want to remove.

4

Tap

Unpair.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-257C445A-E565-4C26-932D-EE78996A0B2E

To remove from the paired host

6

Backing up and restoring content

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D1659CD1-BB34-44E3-A1A9-E15590CE6769

Backing up and restoring content on a device

2

Generally, you should not save photos, videos and other personal content solely on the internal memory of your device. If something should happen with the hardware, or if your device is lost or stolen, the data stored on its internal memory is gone forever.

It is recommended to use the PC Companion or the Sony Bridge for Mac applications to make backups which save your data safely to a computer, that is, an external

175


device. This method is especially recommended if you are updating your device software from one version to another.

Once your data is safely backed up to a computer, you can also make a quick backup of basic settings and data to the SD card in your device or to an external

USB storage device by using the Backup and restore application. This backup method is useful, for example, if you are doing a factory data reset and are not updating the software version.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D1659CD1-BB34-44E3-A1A9-E15590CE6769

Backing up and restoring content on a device

2

Backing up data to a computer

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-ABBEE6D7-29AF-46DA-A3A7-2BAB7A5B3B26


2

Use the PC Companion application or the Sony Bridge for Mac application to back up data from your device to a PC or an Apple

®

Mac

®

computer. These backup applications let you back up the following types of data:

•

Contacts and call logs

•

Text messages

•

Settings

•

Media files

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-ABBEE6D7-29AF-46DA-A3A7-2BAB7A5B3B26


2

To back up your data using a computer

GUID

Title

GUID-C3759A10-C018-4BDA-B9E9-DE8E8FEF5666


Version 2

1

Make sure that the PC Companion application is installed on a PC or the Sony

Bridge for Mac application is installed on an Apple

®

Mac

®

computer.

2


3

Computer: Open the PC Companion application or the Sony Bridge for Mac application. After a few moments, the computer detects your device.

4 Computer: Click Backup & restore, then follow the on-screen instructions to back up data from your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-C3759A10-C018-4BDA-B9E9-DE8E8FEF5666


2

To restore your data using a computer

GUID GUID-AC949EE0-84B7-4017-98B5-E3DFCC5FCA44

Title

Version

To restore data using a computer

2

1


2 Computer: Open the PC Companion application or the Sony Bridge for Mac application. After a few moments, the computer detects your device.

3

Computer: Click Backup & restore and select a backup file from the backup records, then follow the on-screen instructions to back up data from your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-AC949EE0-84B7-4017-98B5-E3DFCC5FCA44

To restore data using a computer

2

Backing up with the Backup and restore application

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A9FC69CD-7D6D-4AC7-9FB1-34C8C3591764

Backup and restore data using the Backup and restore application

1

You can only use this method to back up and restore content between the same Android software version. You cannot use it to restore content after a system upgrade.

176


The Backup and restore application is recommended for backing up content before you do a factory data reset. With this application you can back up the following types of data to an SD card or to an external USB storage device that you have connected by cable to your device:

•

Bookmarks

•

Call logs

•

Contacts

•

Applications downloaded from Google Play™

•

Multimedia messages

•

System settings (such as alarms, ringer volume, and language settings)

•

Text messages

You may incur additional data transmission charges when you restore applications from

Google Play™.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-A9FC69CD-7D6D-4AC7-9FB1-34C8C3591764

Backup and restore data using the Backup and restore application

1

To back up content using the Backup and restore application

GUID

Title

GUID-8A19E7A7-4038-4C4E-B570-869BB6242CEB


Version 8

1

If you are backing up content to a USB storage device, make sure the storage device is connected to your device using the appropriate cable. If you are backing up to an SD card, make sure the SD card is properly inserted in your device.

2


3

Find and tap

Backup & restore.

4

Tap

Back up, then select a backup destination and the data types that you want to back up.

5

Tap

Back up now.

6

Enter a password for the backup, then tap

OK.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-8A19E7A7-4038-4C4E-B570-869BB6242CEB


8

To restore content using the Backup and restore application

GUID

Title

GUID-F7F38821-4930-4F1E-8819-5FE2AB790451


Version 4

1

If you are restoring content from a USB storage device, make sure the storage device is connected to your device using the appropriate cable. If you are restoring content from an SD card, make sure the SD card is properly inserted in your device.

2


3

Find and tap

Backup & restore.

4

Tap

Restore.

5

Select the record that you want to restore from, then tap

Restore now.

6

Enter the password for the backup record, then tap

OK.

Remember that any changes you make to your data and settings after you create a backup will get deleted during a restore procedure.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-F7F38821-4930-4F1E-8819-5FE2AB790451


4

Restarting and resetting

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DC1A8CCE-C51A-44BB-A9F7-5C0D0C3E15FA

Resetting your device

6

You can force your device to shut down in situations where it stops responding or won't restart normally. No settings or personal data get deleted. You can also reset

177


your device to its original factory settings, with or without deleting all of your personal data. This action is sometimes necessary if your device stops functioning properly.

Your device may fail to restart if the battery level is low. Connect your device to a charger and try restarting again.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-DC1A8CCE-C51A-44BB-A9F7-5C0D0C3E15FA

Resetting your device

6

To force the device to shut down

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E625771C-D785-418A-8795-F63B0C1B15B0

To force a device shutdown

9

1

Detach the cover of the micro SIM card slot.

2

Using the tip of a pen or a similar object, press and hold down the OFF button until the device shuts down.

Do not use overly sharp objects that could damage the OFF button.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-E625771C-D785-418A-8795-F63B0C1B15B0

To force a device shutdown

9

To perform a factory data reset

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7AEF8CEC-825F-4962-976F-522A7D71D5FE


10

To avoid permanent damage to your device, do not restart your device while a reset procedure is underway.

1

Before you start, make sure to back up any important data that is saved on the internal memory of your device to a memory card or other non-internal memory.

2


3

Find and tap

Settings > Backup & reset > Factory data reset.

4

To delete information, such as pictures and music, from your internal storage, mark the

Erase internal storage checkbox.

5

Tap

Reset phone.

6

If required, draw your screen unlock pattern, or enter your screen unlock password or PIN to continue.

7

To confirm, tap

Erase everything.

If you forget your screen unlock password, PIN or pattern in step 6, you can use the device repair feature in the

PC Companion

or

Sony Bridge for Mac

applications to erase this security layer. By running the repair feature, you are reinstalling software for your device and you may lose some personal data in the process.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-7AEF8CEC-825F-4962-976F-522A7D71D5FE


10

Using your device in wet and dusty conditions

GUID

Title

GUID-34879347-A3F5-41C2-B85D-49B88B25A2AA


178


Version 3

To ensure the water resistance of your device, all covers, including the covers for the micro

USB port, the SIM card slot and the memory card slot, must be firmly closed.

Your smart device is waterproof and dust resistant in compliance with the Ingress

Protection (IP) ratings IP65 and IP68, as explained in the table below. To view more specific IP information about your device, go to www.sonymobile.com/global-en/ legal/testresults/ and click on the relevant device name.

These specific IP ratings mean that your device is dust resistant and is protected against low pressure water stream as well as against the effects of immersion for 30 minutes in fresh (non-saline) water up to 1.5 metres deep.

You can use your device:

• in dusty environments, for example, on a windy beach.

• when your fingers are wet.

• in some extreme weather conditions, for example, when it’s snowing or raining.

• in fresh (non-saline) water depths of 1.5 metres or less, for example, in a fresh water lake or river.

• in a chlorinated swimming pool.

Even if your device is resistant to dust and water, you should avoid exposing it unnecessarily to environments with excessive dust, sand and mud or to moist environments with extreme high or low temperatures. The waterproof ability of the micro USB port, the SIM card slot, the memory card slot and the headset jack cannot be guaranteed in all environments or conditions.

Never immerse your device in salt water or let the micro USB port or headset jack come in contact with salt water. For example, if you’re at the beach, remember to keep your device away from the sea water. Also, never expose the device to any liquid chemicals. For example, if you’re washing dishes by hand using liquid detergent, avoid bringing your device in contact with the detergent. After exposure to non-fresh water, rinse your device using fresh water.

Normal wear and tear along with damage to your device can reduce its ability to resist dust or moisture. After using the device in water, dry off the areas around all covers, including the covers for the micro USB port, the SIM card slot and the memory card slot.

If the speaker or microphone get wet, their function may be impacted until the water has completely dried. Please note that the drying time can be up to three hours depending on the environment. During this time, you can, however, use other features in the device that do not utilise the speaker or microphone. All compatible accessories, including batteries, chargers, handsfree devices and micro USB cables, are not waterproof and dust resistant on their own.

Your warranty does not cover damage or defects caused by abuse or improper use of your device (including use in environments where the relevant IP rating limitations are exceeded). If you have any further questions about the use of your products, refer to our Customer support service for help. Also, for warranty information, refer to the

Important information which can be accessed via the Setup guide in your device.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-34879347-A3F5-41C2-B85D-49B88B25A2AA


3

IP (Ingress Protection) rating

GUID

Title

GUID-6FAE5D5D-3604-4CF2-AA0E-7775AD5C83F7

Ingress Protection Rating

Version 8

Your device has an IP rating, which means it has undergone certified tests to measure its resistance levels to both dust and water. The first digit in the two-digit IP rating indicates the level of protection against solid objects, including dust. The second digit indicates how resistant the device is to water.

179


Resistance to solid objects and dust Resistance to water

IP0X: No special protection IPX0. No special protection

IPX1. Protected against dripping water IP1X. Protected against solid objects

> 50 mm in diameter

IP2X. Protected against solid objects >

12.5 mm in diameter

IP3X. Protected against solid objects >

2.5 mm in diameter

IP4X. Protected against solid objects > 1 mm in diameter

IP5X. Protected against dust; limited ingress (no harmful deposit)

IP6X. Dust tight

IPX2. Protected against dripping water when tilted up to 15 degrees from normal position

IPX3. Protected against spraying water

IPX4. Protected against splashing water

IPX5. Protected against water jet spray for at least 3 minutes

IPX6. Protected against heavy jet spray for at least 3 minutes

IPX7. Protected against the effects of immersion in up to 1 metre of water for 30 minutes

IPX8. Protected against the effects of continued immersion in water depths greater than 1 metre. The exact conditions are specified for each device by the manufacturer.

For more information, go to www.sonymobile.com/testresults

.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-6FAE5D5D-3604-4CF2-AA0E-7775AD5C83F7

Ingress Protection Rating

8

Recycling your device

GUID

Title

GUID-D08F930B-B234-4D13-B1A2-FD4F5B866A9B

Recycling your phone

Version 4

Got an old device lying around the house? Why not recycle it? By doing so, you will help us reuse its materials and components, and you’ll protect the environment, too!

Find out more about the recycling options in your region at www.sonymobile.com/recycle.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-D08F930B-B234-4D13-B1A2-FD4F5B866A9B

Recycling your phone

4

Limitations to services and features

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2871DC0F-1733-400C-A0A4-6AEC258F6444


3

Some of the services and features described in this User guide are not supported in all countries/regions or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas. Without limitation, this applies to the GSM International Emergency Number, 112. Please contact your network operator or service provider to determine availability of any specific service or feature and whether additional access or usage fees apply.

Use of certain features and applications described in this guide may require access to the Internet. You may incur data connection charges when you connect to the

Internet from your device. Contact your wireless service provider for more information.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-2871DC0F-1733-400C-A0A4-6AEC258F6444


3

Legal information

GUID

Title

GUID-1A9D3F04-6F50-46B0-98ED-788E34A611F3

Legal information

180


Version

GUID

Title

Version

1

GUID-1A9D3F04-6F50-46B0-98ED-788E34A611F3

Legal information

1

Sony D2403/D2406

This User guide is published by Sony Mobile Communications Inc. or its local affiliated company, without any warranty. Improvements and changes to this User guide necessitated by typographical errors, inaccuracies of current information, or improvements to programs and/or equipment, may be made by Sony Mobile

Communications Inc. at any time and without notice. Such changes will, however, be incorporated into new editions of this User guide. All illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actual device.

All product and company names mentioned herein are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners. Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. Visit www.sonymobile.com/us/legal/ for more information.

This User guide may reference services or applications provided by third parties. Use of such programming or services may require separate registration with the third party provider and may be subject to additional terms of use. For applications accessed on or through a third-party website, please review such websites’ terms of use and applicable privacy policy in advance. Sony does not warrant or guarantee the availability or performance of any third-party websites or offered services.

Your mobile device has the capability to download, store and forward additional content, for example, ringtones. The use of such content may be restricted or prohibited by rights of third parties, including but not limited to restriction under applicable copyright laws. You, and not Sony, are entirely responsible for additional content that you download to or forward from your mobile device. Prior to your use of any additional content, please verify that your intended use is properly licensed or is otherwise authorized. Sony does not guarantee the accuracy, integrity or quality of any additional content or any other third party content. Under no circumstances will Sony be liable in any way for your improper use of additional content or other third party content.

Visit www.sonymobile.com for more information.

This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a licence from Microsoft.

Content owners use Windows Media digital rights management technology (WMDRM) to protect their intellectual property, including copyrights. This device uses WMDRM software to access WMDRM-protected content. If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content, content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the software's ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content. Revocation does not affect unprotected content. When you download licences for protected content, you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licences. Content owners may require you to upgrade WMDRM to access their content.

If you decline an upgrade, you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade.

This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 visual and AVC patent portfolio licences for the personal and noncommercial use of a consumer for (i) encoding video in compliance with the MPEG-4 visual standard

("MPEG-4 video") or the AVC standard ("AVC video") and/or (ii) decoding MPEG- 4 or AVC video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a video provider licenced by MPEG LA to provide MPEG-4 and/or AVC video. No licence is granted or shall be implied for any other use. Additional information including that relating to promotional, internal and commercial uses and licensing may be obtained from MPEG LA, L.L.C. See www.mpegla.com. MPEG Layer-3 audio decoding technology licenced from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.

SONY MOBILE WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS, ERASE AND/OR DATA-OVERWRITING OF PERSONAL

DATA OR FILES STORED ON YOUR PHONE (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONTACTS, MUSIC

TRACKS AND PICTURES) ARISING OUT OF ANY UPDATE OF YOUR DEVICE BY ANY OF THE METHODS

DESCRIBED IN THIS USER GUIDE OR DOCUMENTATION. IN NO EVENT SHALL SONY MOBILE’S OR ITS

SUPPLIERS’ TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ANY AND ALL DAMAGES, LOSSES AND CAUSES OF ACTION

(WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)

EXCEED THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR YOUR DEVICE.

© Sony Mobile Communications Inc., 2014.

All rights reserved.

GUID

Title

Version

GUID-4FEC2B58-DA56-4155-BAC6-22C6E64D815D

Sony Mobile - Eagle A4 and HTML

3

181


Sony Xperia M2 Aqua smartphone User guide

Assistant Bot

User guide

Xperia

™

M2 Aqua

Contents

2

3

4

5

Getting started

About this User guide

To check the current software version of your device

Overview

6

Assembly

7

To insert the micro SIM card

To insert the memory card

To remove the micro SIM card

8

To remove the memory card

Starting your device for the first time

9

To turn on the device

To turn off the device

Why do I need a Google™ account?

10

To set up a Google™ account on your device

Charging your device

To charge your device

11

12

Learning the basics

Using the touchscreen

13

14

Locking and unlocking the screen

15

To activate the screen

To unlock the screen

To lock the screen

Home screen

To go to the Home screen

16

To browse the Home screen

To set a pane as the main Home screen pane

17

To add a pane to your Home screen

To delete a pane from your Home screen

Application screen

To view all applications on the Application screen

18

To open an application from the Application screen

To open the Application screen menu

To move an application on the Application screen

To add an application shortcut to the Home screen

To arrange applications on the Application screen

To search for an application from the Application screen

19

To uninstall an application from the Application screen

Navigating applications

To open the recently used applications window

20

To open a menu in an application

Small apps

To open a small app

To close a small app

To download a small app

To move a small app

21

To minimise a small app

To rearrange the small apps in the favourites bar

To remove a small app from the favourites bar

To restore a previously removed small app

To add a widget as a small app

Widgets

22

To add a widget to the Home screen